blob: c3b957cb606125e1b727e8238ea5d702d36163fe [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001//===--- SemaChecking.cpp - Extra Semantic Checking -----------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000010// This file implements extra semantic analysis beyond what is enforced
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000011// by the C type system.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
John McCall5f8d6042011-08-27 01:09:30 +000015#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
Douglas Gregore737f502010-08-12 20:07:10 +000016#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
John McCall2d887082010-08-25 22:03:47 +000017#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +000018#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
John McCall781472f2010-08-25 08:40:02 +000019#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +000020#include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h"
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000021#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +000022#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
John McCall384aff82010-08-25 07:42:41 +000023#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000024#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Ted Kremenek23245122007-08-20 16:18:38 +000025#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +000026#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +000027#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +000028#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
29#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
30#include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h"
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000031#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +000032#include "llvm/ADT/BitVector.h"
Benjamin Kramer8fe83e12012-02-04 13:45:25 +000033#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +000034#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Tom Care3bfc5f42010-06-09 04:11:11 +000035#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +000036#include "clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h"
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +000037#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +000038#include "clang/Basic/ConvertUTF.h"
Zhongxing Xua1f3dba2009-05-20 01:55:10 +000039#include <limits>
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000040using namespace clang;
John McCall781472f2010-08-25 08:40:02 +000041using namespace sema;
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000042
Chris Lattner60800082009-02-18 17:49:48 +000043SourceLocation Sema::getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
44 unsigned ByteNo) const {
Chris Lattner08f92e32010-11-17 07:37:15 +000045 return SL->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo, PP.getSourceManager(),
46 PP.getLangOptions(), PP.getTargetInfo());
Chris Lattner60800082009-02-18 17:49:48 +000047}
48
John McCall8e10f3b2011-02-26 05:39:39 +000049/// Checks that a call expression's argument count is the desired number.
50/// This is useful when doing custom type-checking. Returns true on error.
51static bool checkArgCount(Sema &S, CallExpr *call, unsigned desiredArgCount) {
52 unsigned argCount = call->getNumArgs();
53 if (argCount == desiredArgCount) return false;
54
55 if (argCount < desiredArgCount)
56 return S.Diag(call->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
57 << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
58 << call->getSourceRange();
59
60 // Highlight all the excess arguments.
61 SourceRange range(call->getArg(desiredArgCount)->getLocStart(),
62 call->getArg(argCount - 1)->getLocEnd());
63
64 return S.Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
65 << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
66 << call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
67}
68
Julien Lerouge77f68bb2011-09-09 22:41:49 +000069/// CheckBuiltinAnnotationString - Checks that string argument to the builtin
70/// annotation is a non wide string literal.
71static bool CheckBuiltinAnnotationString(Sema &S, Expr *Arg) {
72 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
73 StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
74 if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
75 S.Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_not_string_constant)
76 << Arg->getSourceRange();
77 return true;
78 }
79 return false;
80}
81
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +000082ExprResult
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +000083Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +000084 ExprResult TheCallResult(Owned(TheCall));
Douglas Gregor2def4832008-11-17 20:34:05 +000085
Chris Lattner946928f2010-10-01 23:23:24 +000086 // Find out if any arguments are required to be integer constant expressions.
87 unsigned ICEArguments = 0;
88 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
89 Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error, &ICEArguments);
90 if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
91 ICEArguments = 0; // Don't diagnose previously diagnosed errors.
92
93 // If any arguments are required to be ICE's, check and diagnose.
94 for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ICEArguments != 0; ++ArgNo) {
95 // Skip arguments not required to be ICE's.
96 if ((ICEArguments & (1 << ArgNo)) == 0) continue;
97
98 llvm::APSInt Result;
99 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNo, Result))
100 return true;
101 ICEArguments &= ~(1 << ArgNo);
102 }
103
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000104 switch (BuiltinID) {
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +0000105 case Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString:
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +0000106 assert(TheCall->getNumArgs() == 1 &&
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +0000107 "Wrong # arguments to builtin CFStringMakeConstantString");
Chris Lattner69039812009-02-18 06:01:06 +0000108 if (CheckObjCString(TheCall->getArg(0)))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000109 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000110 break;
Ted Kremenek49ff7a12008-07-09 17:58:53 +0000111 case Builtin::BI__builtin_stdarg_start:
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +0000112 case Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000113 if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall))
114 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000115 break;
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +0000116 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater:
117 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal:
118 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless:
119 case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal:
120 case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater:
121 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000122 if (SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(TheCall))
123 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000124 break;
Benjamin Kramere771a7a2010-02-15 22:42:31 +0000125 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify:
126 if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 6))
127 return ExprError();
128 break;
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +0000129 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite:
130 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf:
131 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign:
132 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan:
133 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal:
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +0000134 if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 1))
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +0000135 return ExprError();
136 break;
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +0000137 case Builtin::BI__builtin_shufflevector:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000138 return SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(TheCall);
139 // TheCall will be freed by the smart pointer here, but that's fine, since
140 // SemaBuiltinShuffleVector guts it, but then doesn't release it.
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +0000141 case Builtin::BI__builtin_prefetch:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000142 if (SemaBuiltinPrefetch(TheCall))
143 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000144 break;
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +0000145 case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000146 if (SemaBuiltinObjectSize(TheCall))
147 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000148 break;
Eli Friedmand875fed2009-05-03 04:46:36 +0000149 case Builtin::BI__builtin_longjmp:
150 if (SemaBuiltinLongjmp(TheCall))
151 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000152 break;
John McCall8e10f3b2011-02-26 05:39:39 +0000153
154 case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type:
155 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
156 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
157 break;
Chris Lattner75c29a02010-10-12 17:47:42 +0000158 case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p:
John McCall8e10f3b2011-02-26 05:39:39 +0000159 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
160 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
Chris Lattner75c29a02010-10-12 17:47:42 +0000161 break;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000162 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000163 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
164 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
165 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
166 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
167 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000168 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000169 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
170 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
171 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
172 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
173 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000174 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000175 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
176 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
177 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
178 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
179 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000180 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000181 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
182 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
183 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
184 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
185 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000186 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000187 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
188 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
189 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
190 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
191 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000192 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000193 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
194 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
195 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
196 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
197 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000198 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000199 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
200 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
201 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
202 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
203 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000204 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000205 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
206 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
207 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
208 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
209 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000210 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000211 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
212 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
213 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
214 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
215 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000216 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000217 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
218 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
219 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
220 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
221 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000222 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000223 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
224 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
225 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
226 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
227 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000228 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000229 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
230 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
231 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
232 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
233 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000234 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000235 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
236 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
237 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
238 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
239 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000240 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000241 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
242 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
243 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
244 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
245 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
Chris Lattner23aa9c82011-04-09 03:57:26 +0000246 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000247 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
248 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
249 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
250 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
251 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000252 return SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(move(TheCallResult));
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000253 case Builtin::BI__atomic_load:
254 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult), AtomicExpr::Load);
255 case Builtin::BI__atomic_store:
256 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult), AtomicExpr::Store);
David Chisnall7a7ee302012-01-16 17:27:18 +0000257 case Builtin::BI__atomic_init:
258 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult), AtomicExpr::Init);
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000259 case Builtin::BI__atomic_exchange:
260 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult), AtomicExpr::Xchg);
261 case Builtin::BI__atomic_compare_exchange_strong:
262 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult),
263 AtomicExpr::CmpXchgStrong);
264 case Builtin::BI__atomic_compare_exchange_weak:
265 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult),
266 AtomicExpr::CmpXchgWeak);
267 case Builtin::BI__atomic_fetch_add:
268 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult), AtomicExpr::Add);
269 case Builtin::BI__atomic_fetch_sub:
270 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult), AtomicExpr::Sub);
271 case Builtin::BI__atomic_fetch_and:
272 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult), AtomicExpr::And);
273 case Builtin::BI__atomic_fetch_or:
274 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult), AtomicExpr::Or);
275 case Builtin::BI__atomic_fetch_xor:
276 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(move(TheCallResult), AtomicExpr::Xor);
Julien Lerouge77f68bb2011-09-09 22:41:49 +0000277 case Builtin::BI__builtin_annotation:
278 if (CheckBuiltinAnnotationString(*this, TheCall->getArg(1)))
279 return ExprError();
280 break;
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000281 }
282
283 // Since the target specific builtins for each arch overlap, only check those
284 // of the arch we are compiling for.
285 if (BuiltinID >= Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin) {
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000286 switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000287 case llvm::Triple::arm:
288 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
289 if (CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
290 return ExprError();
291 break;
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000292 default:
293 break;
294 }
295 }
296
297 return move(TheCallResult);
298}
299
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000300// Get the valid immediate range for the specified NEON type code.
301static unsigned RFT(unsigned t, bool shift = false) {
Bob Wilsonda95f732011-11-08 01:16:11 +0000302 NeonTypeFlags Type(t);
303 int IsQuad = Type.isQuad();
304 switch (Type.getEltType()) {
305 case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
306 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
307 return shift ? 7 : (8 << IsQuad) - 1;
308 case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
309 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
310 return shift ? 15 : (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
311 case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
312 return shift ? 31 : (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
313 case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
314 return shift ? 63 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
315 case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
316 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
317 return (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
318 case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
319 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
320 return (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000321 }
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000322 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000323}
324
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000325/// getNeonEltType - Return the QualType corresponding to the elements of
326/// the vector type specified by the NeonTypeFlags. This is used to check
327/// the pointer arguments for Neon load/store intrinsics.
328static QualType getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags Flags, ASTContext &Context) {
329 switch (Flags.getEltType()) {
330 case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
331 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
332 case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
333 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
334 case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
335 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
336 case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
337 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
338 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
339 return Context.SignedCharTy;
340 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
341 return Context.ShortTy;
342 case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
343 return Context.UnsignedShortTy;
344 case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
345 return Context.FloatTy;
346 }
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000347 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000348}
349
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000350bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000351 llvm::APSInt Result;
352
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000353 unsigned mask = 0;
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000354 unsigned TV = 0;
Bob Wilson46482552011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000355 int PtrArgNum = -1;
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000356 bool HasConstPtr = false;
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000357 switch (BuiltinID) {
Nate Begemana23326b2010-06-17 04:17:01 +0000358#define GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
359#include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
360#undef GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000361 }
362
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000363 // For NEON intrinsics which are overloaded on vector element type, validate
364 // the immediate which specifies which variant to emit.
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000365 unsigned ImmArg = TheCall->getNumArgs()-1;
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000366 if (mask) {
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000367 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ImmArg, Result))
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000368 return true;
369
Bob Wilsonda95f732011-11-08 01:16:11 +0000370 TV = Result.getLimitedValue(64);
371 if ((TV > 63) || (mask & (1 << TV)) == 0)
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000372 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_neon_type_code)
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000373 << TheCall->getArg(ImmArg)->getSourceRange();
374 }
375
Bob Wilson46482552011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000376 if (PtrArgNum >= 0) {
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000377 // Check that pointer arguments have the specified type.
Bob Wilson46482552011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000378 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgNum);
379 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Arg))
380 Arg = ICE->getSubExpr();
381 ExprResult RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Arg);
382 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
383 QualType EltTy = getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags(TV), Context);
384 if (HasConstPtr)
385 EltTy = EltTy.withConst();
386 QualType LHSTy = Context.getPointerType(EltTy);
387 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
388 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
389 if (RHS.isInvalid())
390 return true;
391 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Arg->getLocStart(), LHSTy, RHSTy,
392 RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
393 return true;
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000394 }
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000395
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000396 // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the
397 // instruction, range check them here.
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000398 unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000399 switch (BuiltinID) {
400 default: return false;
Nate Begemanbb37f502010-07-29 22:48:34 +0000401 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ssat: i = 1; l = 1; u = 31; break;
402 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_usat: i = 1; u = 31; break;
Nate Begeman99c40bb2010-08-03 21:32:34 +0000403 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_f:
404 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_d: i = 1; u = 1; break;
Nate Begemana23326b2010-06-17 04:17:01 +0000405#define GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
406#include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
407#undef GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000408 };
409
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000410 // Check that the immediate argument is actually a constant.
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000411 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result))
412 return true;
413
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000414 // Range check against the upper/lower values for this isntruction.
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000415 unsigned Val = Result.getZExtValue();
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000416 if (Val < l || Val > (u + l))
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000417 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Benjamin Kramer476d8b82010-08-11 14:47:12 +0000418 << l << u+l << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000419
Nate Begeman99c40bb2010-08-03 21:32:34 +0000420 // FIXME: VFP Intrinsics should error if VFP not present.
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000421 return false;
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000422}
Daniel Dunbarde454282008-10-02 18:44:07 +0000423
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000424/// CheckFunctionCall - Check a direct function call for various correctness
425/// and safety properties not strictly enforced by the C type system.
426bool Sema::CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall) {
427 // Get the IdentifierInfo* for the called function.
428 IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
429
430 // None of the checks below are needed for functions that don't have
431 // simple names (e.g., C++ conversion functions).
432 if (!FnInfo)
433 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000434
Daniel Dunbarde454282008-10-02 18:44:07 +0000435 // FIXME: This mechanism should be abstracted to be less fragile and
436 // more efficient. For example, just map function ids to custom
437 // handlers.
438
Ted Kremenekc82faca2010-09-09 04:33:05 +0000439 // Printf and scanf checking.
440 for (specific_attr_iterator<FormatAttr>
441 i = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<FormatAttr>(),
442 e = FDecl->specific_attr_end<FormatAttr>(); i != e ; ++i) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +0000443 CheckFormatArguments(*i, TheCall);
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +0000444 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000445
Ted Kremenekc82faca2010-09-09 04:33:05 +0000446 for (specific_attr_iterator<NonNullAttr>
447 i = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<NonNullAttr>(),
448 e = FDecl->specific_attr_end<NonNullAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
Nick Lewycky909a70d2011-03-25 01:44:32 +0000449 CheckNonNullArguments(*i, TheCall->getArgs(),
450 TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart());
Ted Kremenekc82faca2010-09-09 04:33:05 +0000451 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000452
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000453 unsigned CMId = FDecl->getMemoryFunctionKind();
454 if (CMId == 0)
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000455 return false;
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +0000456
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000457 // Handle memory setting and copying functions.
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000458 if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcpy || CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcat)
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +0000459 CheckStrlcpycatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +0000460 else if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrncat)
461 CheckStrncatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000462 else
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000463 CheckMemaccessArguments(TheCall, CMId, FnInfo);
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +0000464
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000465 return false;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +0000466}
467
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +0000468bool Sema::CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation lbrac,
469 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
470 for (specific_attr_iterator<FormatAttr>
471 i = Method->specific_attr_begin<FormatAttr>(),
472 e = Method->specific_attr_end<FormatAttr>(); i != e ; ++i) {
473
474 CheckFormatArguments(*i, Args, NumArgs, false, lbrac,
475 Method->getSourceRange());
476 }
477
478 // diagnose nonnull arguments.
479 for (specific_attr_iterator<NonNullAttr>
480 i = Method->specific_attr_begin<NonNullAttr>(),
481 e = Method->specific_attr_end<NonNullAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
482 CheckNonNullArguments(*i, Args, lbrac);
483 }
484
485 return false;
486}
487
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000488bool Sema::CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall) {
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000489 const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NDecl);
490 if (!V)
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000491 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000492
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000493 QualType Ty = V->getType();
494 if (!Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000495 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000496
Jean-Daniel Dupas43d12512012-01-25 00:55:11 +0000497 // format string checking.
498 for (specific_attr_iterator<FormatAttr>
499 i = NDecl->specific_attr_begin<FormatAttr>(),
500 e = NDecl->specific_attr_end<FormatAttr>(); i != e ; ++i) {
501 CheckFormatArguments(*i, TheCall);
502 }
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000503
504 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000505}
506
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000507ExprResult
508Sema::SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
509 CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
510 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000511
512 // All these operations take one of the following four forms:
513 // T __atomic_load(_Atomic(T)*, int) (loads)
514 // T* __atomic_add(_Atomic(T*)*, ptrdiff_t, int) (pointer add/sub)
515 // int __atomic_compare_exchange_strong(_Atomic(T)*, T*, T, int, int)
516 // (cmpxchg)
517 // T __atomic_exchange(_Atomic(T)*, T, int) (everything else)
518 // where T is an appropriate type, and the int paremeterss are for orderings.
519 unsigned NumVals = 1;
520 unsigned NumOrders = 1;
521 if (Op == AtomicExpr::Load) {
522 NumVals = 0;
523 } else if (Op == AtomicExpr::CmpXchgWeak || Op == AtomicExpr::CmpXchgStrong) {
524 NumVals = 2;
525 NumOrders = 2;
526 }
David Chisnall7a7ee302012-01-16 17:27:18 +0000527 if (Op == AtomicExpr::Init)
528 NumOrders = 0;
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000529
530 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumVals+NumOrders+1) {
531 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
532 << 0 << NumVals+NumOrders+1 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
533 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
534 return ExprError();
535 } else if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumVals+NumOrders+1) {
536 Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumVals+NumOrders+1)->getLocStart(),
537 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
538 << 0 << NumVals+NumOrders+1 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
539 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
540 return ExprError();
541 }
542
543 // Inspect the first argument of the atomic operation. This should always be
544 // a pointer to an _Atomic type.
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000545 Expr *Ptr = TheCall->getArg(0);
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000546 Ptr = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Ptr).get();
547 const PointerType *pointerType = Ptr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
548 if (!pointerType) {
549 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic)
550 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
551 return ExprError();
552 }
553
554 QualType AtomTy = pointerType->getPointeeType();
555 if (!AtomTy->isAtomicType()) {
556 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic)
557 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
558 return ExprError();
559 }
560 QualType ValType = AtomTy->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
561
562 if ((Op == AtomicExpr::Add || Op == AtomicExpr::Sub) &&
563 !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
564 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
565 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
566 return ExprError();
567 }
568
569 if (!ValType->isIntegerType() &&
570 (Op == AtomicExpr::And || Op == AtomicExpr::Or || Op == AtomicExpr::Xor)){
571 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_logical_needs_atomic_int)
572 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
573 return ExprError();
574 }
575
576 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
577 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
578 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
579 // okay
580 break;
581
582 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
583 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
584 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
585 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
586 << ValType << Ptr->getSourceRange();
587 return ExprError();
588 }
589
590 QualType ResultType = ValType;
David Chisnall7a7ee302012-01-16 17:27:18 +0000591 if (Op == AtomicExpr::Store || Op == AtomicExpr::Init)
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000592 ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
593 else if (Op == AtomicExpr::CmpXchgWeak || Op == AtomicExpr::CmpXchgStrong)
594 ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
595
596 // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
597 // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly. Walk
598 // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
599 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumVals+NumOrders+1; ++i) {
600 ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
601 QualType Ty;
602 if (i < NumVals+1) {
603 // The second argument to a cmpxchg is a pointer to the data which will
604 // be exchanged. The second argument to a pointer add/subtract is the
605 // amount to add/subtract, which must be a ptrdiff_t. The third
606 // argument to a cmpxchg and the second argument in all other cases
607 // is the type of the value.
608 if (i == 1 && (Op == AtomicExpr::CmpXchgWeak ||
609 Op == AtomicExpr::CmpXchgStrong))
610 Ty = Context.getPointerType(ValType.getUnqualifiedType());
611 else if (!ValType->isIntegerType() &&
612 (Op == AtomicExpr::Add || Op == AtomicExpr::Sub))
613 Ty = Context.getPointerDiffType();
614 else
615 Ty = ValType;
616 } else {
617 // The order(s) are always converted to int.
618 Ty = Context.IntTy;
619 }
620 InitializedEntity Entity =
621 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Ty, false);
622 Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
623 if (Arg.isInvalid())
624 return true;
625 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
626 }
627
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000628 SmallVector<Expr*, 5> SubExprs;
629 SubExprs.push_back(Ptr);
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000630 if (Op == AtomicExpr::Load) {
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000631 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Order
David Chisnall7a7ee302012-01-16 17:27:18 +0000632 } else if (Op == AtomicExpr::Init) {
633 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000634 } else if (Op != AtomicExpr::CmpXchgWeak && Op != AtomicExpr::CmpXchgStrong) {
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000635 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Order
636 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000637 } else {
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000638 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
639 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
640 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
641 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // OrderFail
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000642 }
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000643
644 return Owned(new (Context) AtomicExpr(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
645 SubExprs.data(), SubExprs.size(),
646 ResultType, Op,
647 TheCall->getRParenLoc()));
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000648}
649
650
John McCall5f8d6042011-08-27 01:09:30 +0000651/// checkBuiltinArgument - Given a call to a builtin function, perform
652/// normal type-checking on the given argument, updating the call in
653/// place. This is useful when a builtin function requires custom
654/// type-checking for some of its arguments but not necessarily all of
655/// them.
656///
657/// Returns true on error.
658static bool checkBuiltinArgument(Sema &S, CallExpr *E, unsigned ArgIndex) {
659 FunctionDecl *Fn = E->getDirectCallee();
660 assert(Fn && "builtin call without direct callee!");
661
662 ParmVarDecl *Param = Fn->getParamDecl(ArgIndex);
663 InitializedEntity Entity =
664 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, Param);
665
666 ExprResult Arg = E->getArg(0);
667 Arg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
668 if (Arg.isInvalid())
669 return true;
670
671 E->setArg(ArgIndex, Arg.take());
672 return false;
673}
674
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000675/// SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded - We have a call to a function like
676/// __sync_fetch_and_add, which is an overloaded function based on the pointer
677/// type of its first argument. The main ActOnCallExpr routines have already
678/// promoted the types of arguments because all of these calls are prototyped as
679/// void(...).
680///
681/// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
682/// builtins,
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000683ExprResult
684Sema::SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000685 CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000686 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
687 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
688
689 // Ensure that we have at least one argument to do type inference from.
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000690 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1) {
691 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
692 << 0 << 1 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
693 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
694 return ExprError();
695 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000696
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000697 // Inspect the first argument of the atomic builtin. This should always be
698 // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
699 // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
700 // casts here.
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000701 // FIXME: We don't allow floating point scalars as input.
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000702 Expr *FirstArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
Eli Friedman8c382062012-01-23 02:35:22 +0000703 ExprResult FirstArgResult = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(FirstArg);
704 if (FirstArgResult.isInvalid())
705 return ExprError();
706 FirstArg = FirstArgResult.take();
707 TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArg);
708
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000709 const PointerType *pointerType = FirstArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
710 if (!pointerType) {
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000711 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
712 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
713 return ExprError();
714 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000715
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000716 QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerdd5fa7a2010-09-17 21:12:38 +0000717 if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000718 !ValType->isBlockPointerType()) {
719 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intptr)
720 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
721 return ExprError();
722 }
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000723
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000724 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
725 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
726 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
727 // okay
728 break;
729
730 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
731 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
732 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8b03132011-06-24 00:08:59 +0000733 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000734 << ValType << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
735 return ExprError();
736 }
737
John McCallb45ae252011-10-05 07:41:44 +0000738 // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
739 ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
740
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +0000741 // The majority of builtins return a value, but a few have special return
742 // types, so allow them to override appropriately below.
743 QualType ResultType = ValType;
744
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000745 // We need to figure out which concrete builtin this maps onto. For example,
746 // __sync_fetch_and_add with a 2 byte object turns into
747 // __sync_fetch_and_add_2.
748#define BUILTIN_ROW(x) \
749 { Builtin::BI##x##_1, Builtin::BI##x##_2, Builtin::BI##x##_4, \
750 Builtin::BI##x##_8, Builtin::BI##x##_16 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000751
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000752 static const unsigned BuiltinIndices[][5] = {
753 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_add),
754 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_sub),
755 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_or),
756 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_and),
757 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_xor),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000758
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000759 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_add_and_fetch),
760 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_sub_and_fetch),
761 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_and_and_fetch),
762 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_or_and_fetch),
763 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_xor_and_fetch),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000764
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000765 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_val_compare_and_swap),
766 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap),
767 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_test_and_set),
Chris Lattner23aa9c82011-04-09 03:57:26 +0000768 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_release),
769 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_swap)
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000770 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000771#undef BUILTIN_ROW
772
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000773 // Determine the index of the size.
774 unsigned SizeIndex;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000775 switch (Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ValType).getQuantity()) {
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000776 case 1: SizeIndex = 0; break;
777 case 2: SizeIndex = 1; break;
778 case 4: SizeIndex = 2; break;
779 case 8: SizeIndex = 3; break;
780 case 16: SizeIndex = 4; break;
781 default:
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000782 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_pointer_size)
783 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
784 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000785 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000786
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000787 // Each of these builtins has one pointer argument, followed by some number of
788 // values (0, 1 or 2) followed by a potentially empty varags list of stuff
789 // that we ignore. Find out which row of BuiltinIndices to read from as well
790 // as the number of fixed args.
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +0000791 unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000792 unsigned BuiltinIndex, NumFixed = 1;
793 switch (BuiltinID) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +0000794 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown overloaded atomic builtin!");
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000795 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
796 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
797 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
798 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
799 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
800 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
801 BuiltinIndex = 0;
802 break;
803
804 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
805 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
806 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
807 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
808 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
809 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
810 BuiltinIndex = 1;
811 break;
812
813 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
814 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
815 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
816 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
817 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
818 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
819 BuiltinIndex = 2;
820 break;
821
822 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
823 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
824 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
825 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
826 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
827 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
828 BuiltinIndex = 3;
829 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000830
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000831 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
832 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
833 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
834 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
835 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
836 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
837 BuiltinIndex = 4;
838 break;
839
840 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
841 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
842 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
843 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
844 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
845 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
846 BuiltinIndex = 5;
847 break;
848
849 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
850 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
851 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
852 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
853 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
854 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
855 BuiltinIndex = 6;
856 break;
857
858 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
859 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
860 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
861 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
862 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
863 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
864 BuiltinIndex = 7;
865 break;
866
867 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
868 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
869 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
870 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
871 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
872 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
873 BuiltinIndex = 8;
874 break;
875
876 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
877 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
878 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
879 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
880 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
881 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
882 BuiltinIndex = 9;
883 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000884
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000885 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000886 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
887 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
888 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
889 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
890 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
Daniel Dunbar7eff7c42010-03-25 17:13:09 +0000891 BuiltinIndex = 10;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000892 NumFixed = 2;
893 break;
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000894
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000895 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000896 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
897 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
898 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
899 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
900 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
Daniel Dunbar7eff7c42010-03-25 17:13:09 +0000901 BuiltinIndex = 11;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000902 NumFixed = 2;
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +0000903 ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000904 break;
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000905
906 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
907 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
908 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
909 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
910 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
911 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
912 BuiltinIndex = 12;
913 break;
914
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000915 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000916 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
917 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
918 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
919 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
920 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
Daniel Dunbar7eff7c42010-03-25 17:13:09 +0000921 BuiltinIndex = 13;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000922 NumFixed = 0;
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +0000923 ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000924 break;
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000925
926 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
927 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
928 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
929 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
930 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
931 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
932 BuiltinIndex = 14;
933 break;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000934 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000935
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000936 // Now that we know how many fixed arguments we expect, first check that we
937 // have at least that many.
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000938 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1+NumFixed) {
939 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
940 << 0 << 1+NumFixed << TheCall->getNumArgs()
941 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
942 return ExprError();
943 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000944
Chris Lattnere7ac0a92009-05-08 15:36:58 +0000945 // Get the decl for the concrete builtin from this, we can tell what the
946 // concrete integer type we should convert to is.
947 unsigned NewBuiltinID = BuiltinIndices[BuiltinIndex][SizeIndex];
948 const char *NewBuiltinName = Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(NewBuiltinID);
949 IdentifierInfo *NewBuiltinII = PP.getIdentifierInfo(NewBuiltinName);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000950 FunctionDecl *NewBuiltinDecl =
Chris Lattnere7ac0a92009-05-08 15:36:58 +0000951 cast<FunctionDecl>(LazilyCreateBuiltin(NewBuiltinII, NewBuiltinID,
952 TUScope, false, DRE->getLocStart()));
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000953
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +0000954 // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
955 // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly. Walk
956 // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000957 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFixed; ++i) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000958 ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i+1);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000959
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000960 // GCC does an implicit conversion to the pointer or integer ValType. This
961 // can fail in some cases (1i -> int**), check for this error case now.
John McCallb45ae252011-10-05 07:41:44 +0000962 // Initialize the argument.
963 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
964 ValType, /*consume*/ false);
965 Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000966 if (Arg.isInvalid())
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000967 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000968
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000969 // Okay, we have something that *can* be converted to the right type. Check
970 // to see if there is a potentially weird extension going on here. This can
971 // happen when you do an atomic operation on something like an char* and
972 // pass in 42. The 42 gets converted to char. This is even more strange
973 // for things like 45.123 -> char, etc.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000974 // FIXME: Do this check.
John McCallb45ae252011-10-05 07:41:44 +0000975 TheCall->setArg(i+1, Arg.take());
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000976 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000977
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +0000978 ASTContext& Context = this->getASTContext();
979
980 // Create a new DeclRefExpr to refer to the new decl.
981 DeclRefExpr* NewDRE = DeclRefExpr::Create(
982 Context,
983 DRE->getQualifierLoc(),
Abramo Bagnarae4b92762012-01-27 09:46:47 +0000984 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +0000985 NewBuiltinDecl,
986 DRE->getLocation(),
987 NewBuiltinDecl->getType(),
988 DRE->getValueKind());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000989
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000990 // Set the callee in the CallExpr.
991 // FIXME: This leaks the original parens and implicit casts.
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +0000992 ExprResult PromotedCall = UsualUnaryConversions(NewDRE);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000993 if (PromotedCall.isInvalid())
994 return ExprError();
995 TheCall->setCallee(PromotedCall.take());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000996
Chandler Carruthdb4325b2010-07-18 07:23:17 +0000997 // Change the result type of the call to match the original value type. This
998 // is arbitrary, but the codegen for these builtins ins design to handle it
999 // gracefully.
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +00001000 TheCall->setType(ResultType);
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001001
1002 return move(TheCallResult);
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001003}
1004
Chris Lattner69039812009-02-18 06:01:06 +00001005/// CheckObjCString - Checks that the argument to the builtin
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001006/// CFString constructor is correct
Steve Narofffd942622009-04-13 20:26:29 +00001007/// Note: It might also make sense to do the UTF-16 conversion here (would
1008/// simplify the backend).
Chris Lattner69039812009-02-18 06:01:06 +00001009bool Sema::CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg) {
Chris Lattner56f34942008-02-13 01:02:39 +00001010 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001011 StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
1012
Douglas Gregor5cee1192011-07-27 05:40:30 +00001013 if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001014 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant)
1015 << Arg->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson9cdc4d32007-08-17 15:44:17 +00001016 return true;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001017 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001018
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001019 if (Literal->containsNonAsciiOrNull()) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001020 StringRef String = Literal->getString();
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001021 unsigned NumBytes = String.size();
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001022 SmallVector<UTF16, 128> ToBuf(NumBytes);
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001023 const UTF8 *FromPtr = (UTF8 *)String.data();
1024 UTF16 *ToPtr = &ToBuf[0];
1025
1026 ConversionResult Result = ConvertUTF8toUTF16(&FromPtr, FromPtr + NumBytes,
1027 &ToPtr, ToPtr + NumBytes,
1028 strictConversion);
1029 // Check for conversion failure.
1030 if (Result != conversionOK)
1031 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(),
1032 diag::warn_cfstring_truncated) << Arg->getSourceRange();
1033 }
Anders Carlsson9cdc4d32007-08-17 15:44:17 +00001034 return false;
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001035}
1036
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001037/// SemaBuiltinVAStart - Check the arguments to __builtin_va_start for validity.
1038/// Emit an error and return true on failure, return false on success.
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001039bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) {
1040 Expr *Fn = TheCall->getCallee();
1041 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) {
Chris Lattner2c21a072008-11-21 18:44:24 +00001042 Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001043 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001044 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
1045 << Fn->getSourceRange()
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001046 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001047 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001048 return true;
1049 }
Eli Friedman56f20ae2008-12-15 22:05:35 +00001050
1051 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) {
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001052 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
1053 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
1054 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs();
Eli Friedman56f20ae2008-12-15 22:05:35 +00001055 }
1056
John McCall5f8d6042011-08-27 01:09:30 +00001057 // Type-check the first argument normally.
1058 if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, TheCall, 0))
1059 return true;
1060
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001061 // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001062 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001063 bool isVariadic;
Steve Naroffcd9c5142009-04-15 19:33:47 +00001064 if (CurBlock)
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00001065 isVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic();
Ted Kremenek9498d382010-04-29 16:49:01 +00001066 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1067 isVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
1068 else
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +00001069 isVariadic = getCurMethodDecl()->isVariadic();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001070
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001071 if (!isVariadic) {
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001072 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function);
1073 return true;
1074 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001075
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001076 // Verify that the second argument to the builtin is the last argument of the
1077 // current function or method.
1078 bool SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = false;
Anders Carlssone2c14102008-02-13 01:22:59 +00001079 const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001080
Anders Carlsson88cf2262008-02-11 04:20:54 +00001081 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
1082 if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001083 // FIXME: This isn't correct for methods (results in bogus warning).
1084 // Get the last formal in the current function.
Anders Carlsson88cf2262008-02-11 04:20:54 +00001085 const ParmVarDecl *LastArg;
Steve Naroffcd9c5142009-04-15 19:33:47 +00001086 if (CurBlock)
1087 LastArg = *(CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end()-1);
1088 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001089 LastArg = *(FD->param_end()-1);
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001090 else
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +00001091 LastArg = *(getCurMethodDecl()->param_end()-1);
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001092 SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = PV == LastArg;
1093 }
1094 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001095
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001096 if (!SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001097 Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001098 diag::warn_second_parameter_of_va_start_not_last_named_argument);
1099 return false;
Eli Friedman6cfda232008-05-20 08:23:37 +00001100}
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001101
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001102/// SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare - Handle functions like __builtin_isgreater and
1103/// friends. This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001104bool Sema::SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall) {
1105 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
Chris Lattner2c21a072008-11-21 18:44:24 +00001106 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001107 << 0 << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001108 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001109 return Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001110 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001111 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001112 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
1113 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001114
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001115 ExprResult OrigArg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
1116 ExprResult OrigArg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001117
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001118 // Do standard promotions between the two arguments, returning their common
1119 // type.
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001120 QualType Res = UsualArithmeticConversions(OrigArg0, OrigArg1, false);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001121 if (OrigArg0.isInvalid() || OrigArg1.isInvalid())
1122 return true;
Daniel Dunbar403bc2b2009-02-19 19:28:43 +00001123
1124 // Make sure any conversions are pushed back into the call; this is
1125 // type safe since unordered compare builtins are declared as "_Bool
1126 // foo(...)".
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001127 TheCall->setArg(0, OrigArg0.get());
1128 TheCall->setArg(1, OrigArg1.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001129
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001130 if (OrigArg0.get()->isTypeDependent() || OrigArg1.get()->isTypeDependent())
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001131 return false;
1132
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001133 // If the common type isn't a real floating type, then the arguments were
1134 // invalid for this operation.
1135 if (!Res->isRealFloatingType())
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001136 return Diag(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001137 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_ordered_compare)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001138 << OrigArg0.get()->getType() << OrigArg1.get()->getType()
1139 << SourceRange(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), OrigArg1.get()->getLocEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001140
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001141 return false;
1142}
1143
Benjamin Kramere771a7a2010-02-15 22:42:31 +00001144/// SemaBuiltinSemaBuiltinFPClassification - Handle functions like
1145/// __builtin_isnan and friends. This is declared to take (...), so we have
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001146/// to check everything. We expect the last argument to be a floating point
1147/// value.
1148bool Sema::SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs) {
1149 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs)
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001150 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001151 << 0 << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001152 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs)
1153 return Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001154 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001155 << 0 /*function call*/ << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001156 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001157 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
1158
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001159 Expr *OrigArg = TheCall->getArg(NumArgs-1);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001160
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001161 if (OrigArg->isTypeDependent())
1162 return false;
1163
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001164 // This operation requires a non-_Complex floating-point number.
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001165 if (!OrigArg->getType()->isRealFloatingType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001166 return Diag(OrigArg->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001167 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_unary_fp)
1168 << OrigArg->getType() << OrigArg->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001169
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001170 // If this is an implicit conversion from float -> double, remove it.
1171 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(OrigArg)) {
1172 Expr *CastArg = Cast->getSubExpr();
1173 if (CastArg->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
1174 assert(Cast->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) &&
1175 "promotion from float to double is the only expected cast here");
1176 Cast->setSubExpr(0);
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001177 TheCall->setArg(NumArgs-1, CastArg);
1178 OrigArg = CastArg;
1179 }
1180 }
1181
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001182 return false;
1183}
1184
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001185/// SemaBuiltinShuffleVector - Handle __builtin_shufflevector.
1186// This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001187ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001188 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001189 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001190 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001191 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001192 << TheCall->getSourceRange());
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001193
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001194 // Determine which of the following types of shufflevector we're checking:
1195 // 1) unary, vector mask: (lhs, mask)
1196 // 2) binary, vector mask: (lhs, rhs, mask)
1197 // 3) binary, scalar mask: (lhs, rhs, index, ..., index)
1198 QualType resType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
1199 unsigned numElements = 0;
1200
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001201 if (!TheCall->getArg(0)->isTypeDependent() &&
1202 !TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent()) {
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001203 QualType LHSType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
1204 QualType RHSType = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType();
1205
1206 if (!LHSType->isVectorType() || !RHSType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001207 Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_shufflevector_non_vector)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001208 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001209 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
1210 return ExprError();
1211 }
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001212
1213 numElements = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
1214 unsigned numResElements = TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001215
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001216 // Check to see if we have a call with 2 vector arguments, the unary shuffle
1217 // with mask. If so, verify that RHS is an integer vector type with the
1218 // same number of elts as lhs.
1219 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() == 2) {
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00001220 if (!RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001221 RHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() != numElements)
1222 Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
1223 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
1224 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
1225 numResElements = numElements;
1226 }
1227 else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSType, RHSType)) {
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001228 Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001229 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001230 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
1231 return ExprError();
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001232 } else if (numElements != numResElements) {
1233 QualType eltType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001234 resType = Context.getVectorType(eltType, numResElements,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001235 VectorType::GenericVector);
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001236 }
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001237 }
1238
1239 for (unsigned i = 2; i < TheCall->getNumArgs(); i++) {
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001240 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
1241 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
1242 continue;
1243
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001244 llvm::APSInt Result(32);
1245 if (!TheCall->getArg(i)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
1246 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
1247 diag::err_shufflevector_nonconstant_argument)
1248 << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001249
Chris Lattnerd1a0b6d2008-08-10 02:05:13 +00001250 if (Result.getActiveBits() > 64 || Result.getZExtValue() >= numElements*2)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001251 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001252 diag::err_shufflevector_argument_too_large)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001253 << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001254 }
1255
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001256 SmallVector<Expr*, 32> exprs;
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001257
Chris Lattnerd1a0b6d2008-08-10 02:05:13 +00001258 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TheCall->getNumArgs(); i != e; i++) {
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001259 exprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(i));
1260 TheCall->setArg(i, 0);
1261 }
1262
Nate Begemana88dc302009-08-12 02:10:25 +00001263 return Owned(new (Context) ShuffleVectorExpr(Context, exprs.begin(),
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001264 exprs.size(), resType,
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00001265 TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
1266 TheCall->getRParenLoc()));
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001267}
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001268
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001269/// SemaBuiltinPrefetch - Handle __builtin_prefetch.
1270// This is declared to take (const void*, ...) and can take two
1271// optional constant int args.
1272bool Sema::SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001273 unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001274
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001275 if (NumArgs > 3)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001276 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
1277 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
1278 << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
1279 << TheCall->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001280
1281 // Argument 0 is checked for us and the remaining arguments must be
1282 // constant integers.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001283 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001284 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001285
Eli Friedman9aef7262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001286 llvm::APSInt Result;
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001287 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result))
1288 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001289
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001290 // FIXME: gcc issues a warning and rewrites these to 0. These
1291 // seems especially odd for the third argument since the default
1292 // is 3.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001293 if (i == 1) {
Eli Friedman9aef7262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001294 if (Result.getLimitedValue() > 1)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001295 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Chris Lattner21fb98e2009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001296 << "0" << "1" << Arg->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001297 } else {
Eli Friedman9aef7262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001298 if (Result.getLimitedValue() > 3)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001299 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Chris Lattner21fb98e2009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001300 << "0" << "3" << Arg->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001301 }
1302 }
1303
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001304 return false;
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001305}
1306
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001307/// SemaBuiltinConstantArg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
1308/// TheCall is a constant expression.
1309bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
1310 llvm::APSInt &Result) {
1311 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
1312 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
1313 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
1314
1315 if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) return false;
1316
1317 if (!Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
1318 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_constant_integer_arg_type)
Eric Christopher5e896552010-04-19 18:23:02 +00001319 << FDecl->getDeclName() << Arg->getSourceRange();
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001320
Chris Lattner21fb98e2009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001321 return false;
1322}
1323
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001324/// SemaBuiltinObjectSize - Handle __builtin_object_size(void *ptr,
1325/// int type). This simply type checks that type is one of the defined
1326/// constants (0-3).
Chris Lattnerfc8f0e12011-04-15 05:22:18 +00001327// For compatibility check 0-3, llvm only handles 0 and 2.
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001328bool Sema::SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001329 llvm::APSInt Result;
1330
1331 // Check constant-ness first.
1332 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
1333 return true;
1334
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001335 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001336 if (Result.getSExtValue() < 0 || Result.getSExtValue() > 3) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001337 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
1338 << "0" << "3" << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001339 }
1340
1341 return false;
1342}
1343
Eli Friedman586d6a82009-05-03 06:04:26 +00001344/// SemaBuiltinLongjmp - Handle __builtin_longjmp(void *env[5], int val).
Eli Friedmand875fed2009-05-03 04:46:36 +00001345/// This checks that val is a constant 1.
1346bool Sema::SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
1347 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001348 llvm::APSInt Result;
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001349
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001350 // TODO: This is less than ideal. Overload this to take a value.
1351 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
1352 return true;
1353
1354 if (Result != 1)
Eli Friedmand875fed2009-05-03 04:46:36 +00001355 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_invalid_val)
1356 << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
1357
1358 return false;
1359}
1360
Ted Kremenekb43e8ad2011-02-24 23:03:04 +00001361// Handle i > 1 ? "x" : "y", recursively.
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001362bool Sema::SemaCheckStringLiteral(const Expr *E, Expr **Args,
1363 unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg,
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001364 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001365 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall) {
Ted Kremenek4fe64412010-09-09 03:51:39 +00001366 tryAgain:
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001367 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
1368 return false;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001369
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001370 E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00001371
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001372 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
John McCall56ca35d2011-02-17 10:25:35 +00001373 case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001374 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
John McCall56ca35d2011-02-17 10:25:35 +00001375 const AbstractConditionalOperator *C = cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(E);
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001376 return SemaCheckStringLiteral(C->getTrueExpr(), Args, NumArgs, HasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001377 format_idx, firstDataArg, Type,
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001378 inFunctionCall)
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001379 && SemaCheckStringLiteral(C->getFalseExpr(), Args, NumArgs, HasVAListArg,
1380 format_idx, firstDataArg, Type,
1381 inFunctionCall);
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001382 }
1383
Ted Kremenek95355bb2010-09-09 03:51:42 +00001384 case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
1385 // Technically -Wformat-nonliteral does not warn about this case.
1386 // The behavior of printf and friends in this case is implementation
1387 // dependent. Ideally if the format string cannot be null then
1388 // it should have a 'nonnull' attribute in the function prototype.
1389 return true;
1390
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001391 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
Ted Kremenek4fe64412010-09-09 03:51:39 +00001392 E = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
1393 goto tryAgain;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001394 }
1395
John McCall56ca35d2011-02-17 10:25:35 +00001396 case Stmt::OpaqueValueExprClass:
1397 if (const Expr *src = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)->getSourceExpr()) {
1398 E = src;
1399 goto tryAgain;
1400 }
1401 return false;
1402
Ted Kremenekb43e8ad2011-02-24 23:03:04 +00001403 case Stmt::PredefinedExprClass:
1404 // While __func__, etc., are technically not string literals, they
1405 // cannot contain format specifiers and thus are not a security
1406 // liability.
1407 return true;
1408
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001409 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
1410 const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001411
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001412 // As an exception, do not flag errors for variables binding to
1413 // const string literals.
1414 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
1415 bool isConstant = false;
1416 QualType T = DR->getType();
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001417
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001418 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
1419 isConstant = AT->getElementType().isConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00001420 } else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001421 isConstant = T.isConstant(Context) &&
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001422 PT->getPointeeType().isConstant(Context);
Jean-Daniel Dupase98e5b52012-01-25 10:35:33 +00001423 } else if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1424 // In ObjC, there is usually no "const ObjectPointer" type,
1425 // so don't check if the pointee type is constant.
1426 isConstant = T.isConstant(Context);
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001427 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001428
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001429 if (isConstant) {
Sebastian Redl31310a22010-02-01 20:16:42 +00001430 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer())
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001431 return SemaCheckStringLiteral(Init, Args, NumArgs,
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001432 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001433 Type, /*inFunctionCall*/false);
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001434 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001435
Anders Carlssond966a552009-06-28 19:55:58 +00001436 // For vprintf* functions (i.e., HasVAListArg==true), we add a
1437 // special check to see if the format string is a function parameter
1438 // of the function calling the printf function. If the function
1439 // has an attribute indicating it is a printf-like function, then we
1440 // should suppress warnings concerning non-literals being used in a call
1441 // to a vprintf function. For example:
1442 //
1443 // void
1444 // logmessage(char const *fmt __attribute__ (format (printf, 1, 2)), ...){
1445 // va_list ap;
1446 // va_start(ap, fmt);
1447 // vprintf(fmt, ap); // Do NOT emit a warning about "fmt".
1448 // ...
1449 //
1450 //
1451 // FIXME: We don't have full attribute support yet, so just check to see
1452 // if the argument is a DeclRefExpr that references a parameter. We'll
1453 // add proper support for checking the attribute later.
1454 if (HasVAListArg)
1455 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD))
1456 return true;
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001457 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001458
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001459 return false;
1460 }
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001461
Jean-Daniel Dupas52aabaf2012-02-07 19:01:42 +00001462 case Stmt::CallExprClass:
1463 case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass: {
Anders Carlsson8f031b32009-06-27 04:05:33 +00001464 const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E);
Jean-Daniel Dupas52aabaf2012-02-07 19:01:42 +00001465 if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl())) {
1466 if (const FormatArgAttr *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
1467 unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx();
1468 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
1469 if (MD->isInstance())
1470 --ArgIndex;
1471 const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(ArgIndex - 1);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001472
Jean-Daniel Dupas52aabaf2012-02-07 19:01:42 +00001473 return SemaCheckStringLiteral(Arg, Args, NumArgs, HasVAListArg,
1474 format_idx, firstDataArg, Type,
1475 inFunctionCall);
Anders Carlsson8f031b32009-06-27 04:05:33 +00001476 }
1477 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001478
Anders Carlsson8f031b32009-06-27 04:05:33 +00001479 return false;
1480 }
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001481 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
1482 case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: {
1483 const StringLiteral *StrE = NULL;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001484
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001485 if (const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCFExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E))
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001486 StrE = ObjCFExpr->getString();
1487 else
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001488 StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001489
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001490 if (StrE) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001491 CheckFormatString(StrE, E, Args, NumArgs, HasVAListArg, format_idx,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001492 firstDataArg, Type, inFunctionCall);
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001493 return true;
1494 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001495
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001496 return false;
1497 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001498
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001499 default:
1500 return false;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001501 }
1502}
1503
Fariborz Jahaniane898f8a2009-05-21 18:48:51 +00001504void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001505Sema::CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
Nick Lewycky909a70d2011-03-25 01:44:32 +00001506 const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
1507 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
Sean Huntcf807c42010-08-18 23:23:40 +00001508 for (NonNullAttr::args_iterator i = NonNull->args_begin(),
1509 e = NonNull->args_end();
Fariborz Jahaniane898f8a2009-05-21 18:48:51 +00001510 i != e; ++i) {
Nick Lewycky909a70d2011-03-25 01:44:32 +00001511 const Expr *ArgExpr = ExprArgs[*i];
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001512 if (ArgExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001513 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Nick Lewycky909a70d2011-03-25 01:44:32 +00001514 Diag(CallSiteLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahaniane898f8a2009-05-21 18:48:51 +00001515 }
1516}
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001517
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001518Sema::FormatStringType Sema::GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format) {
1519 return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatStringType>(Format->getType())
1520 .Case("scanf", FST_Scanf)
1521 .Cases("printf", "printf0", FST_Printf)
1522 .Cases("NSString", "CFString", FST_NSString)
1523 .Case("strftime", FST_Strftime)
1524 .Case("strfmon", FST_Strfmon)
1525 .Cases("kprintf", "cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", FST_Kprintf)
1526 .Default(FST_Unknown);
1527}
1528
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001529/// CheckPrintfScanfArguments - Check calls to printf and scanf (and similar
1530/// functions) for correct use of format strings.
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001531void Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1532 bool IsCXXMember = false;
Sebastian Redl4a2614e2009-11-17 18:02:24 +00001533 // The way the format attribute works in GCC, the implicit this argument
1534 // of member functions is counted. However, it doesn't appear in our own
1535 // lists, so decrement format_idx in that case.
Jean-Daniel Dupas52aabaf2012-02-07 19:01:42 +00001536 IsCXXMember = isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall);
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001537 CheckFormatArguments(Format, TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs(),
1538 IsCXXMember, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
1539 TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
1540}
1541
1542void Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args,
1543 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember,
1544 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001545 bool HasVAListArg = Format->getFirstArg() == 0;
1546 unsigned format_idx = Format->getFormatIdx() - 1;
1547 unsigned firstDataArg = HasVAListArg ? 0 : Format->getFirstArg() - 1;
1548 if (IsCXXMember) {
1549 if (format_idx == 0)
1550 return;
1551 --format_idx;
1552 if(firstDataArg != 0)
1553 --firstDataArg;
Sebastian Redl4a2614e2009-11-17 18:02:24 +00001554 }
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001555 CheckFormatArguments(Args, NumArgs, HasVAListArg, format_idx,
1556 firstDataArg, GetFormatStringType(Format), Loc, Range);
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001557}
Sebastian Redl4a2614e2009-11-17 18:02:24 +00001558
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001559void Sema::CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1560 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
1561 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
1562 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001563 // CHECK: printf/scanf-like function is called with no format string.
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001564 if (format_idx >= NumArgs) {
1565 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_format_string) << Range;
Ted Kremenek71895b92007-08-14 17:39:48 +00001566 return;
1567 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001568
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001569 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr = Args[format_idx]->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001570
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001571 // CHECK: format string is not a string literal.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001572 //
Ted Kremenek71895b92007-08-14 17:39:48 +00001573 // Dynamically generated format strings are difficult to
1574 // automatically vet at compile time. Requiring that format strings
1575 // are string literals: (1) permits the checking of format strings by
1576 // the compiler and thereby (2) can practically remove the source of
1577 // many format string exploits.
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001578
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001579 // Format string can be either ObjC string (e.g. @"%d") or
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001580 // C string (e.g. "%d")
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001581 // ObjC string uses the same format specifiers as C string, so we can use
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001582 // the same format string checking logic for both ObjC and C strings.
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001583 if (SemaCheckStringLiteral(OrigFormatExpr, Args, NumArgs, HasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001584 format_idx, firstDataArg, Type))
Chris Lattner1cd3e1f2009-04-29 04:49:34 +00001585 return; // Literal format string found, check done!
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001586
Jean-Daniel Dupasce3aa392012-01-30 19:46:17 +00001587 // Do not emit diag when the string param is a macro expansion and the
1588 // format is either NSString or CFString. This is a hack to prevent
1589 // diag when using the NSLocalizedString and CFCopyLocalizedString macros
1590 // which are usually used in place of NS and CF string literals.
1591 if (Type == FST_NSString && Args[format_idx]->getLocStart().isMacroID())
1592 return;
1593
Chris Lattner655f1412009-04-29 04:59:47 +00001594 // If there are no arguments specified, warn with -Wformat-security, otherwise
1595 // warn only with -Wformat-nonliteral.
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001596 if (NumArgs == format_idx+1)
1597 Diag(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart(),
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001598 diag::warn_format_nonliteral_noargs)
Chris Lattner655f1412009-04-29 04:59:47 +00001599 << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
1600 else
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001601 Diag(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart(),
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001602 diag::warn_format_nonliteral)
Chris Lattner655f1412009-04-29 04:59:47 +00001603 << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001604}
Ted Kremenek71895b92007-08-14 17:39:48 +00001605
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001606namespace {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001607class CheckFormatHandler : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler {
1608protected:
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001609 Sema &S;
1610 const StringLiteral *FExpr;
1611 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr;
Ted Kremenek6ee76532010-03-25 03:59:12 +00001612 const unsigned FirstDataArg;
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001613 const unsigned NumDataArgs;
1614 const bool IsObjCLiteral;
1615 const char *Beg; // Start of format string.
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001616 const bool HasVAListArg;
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001617 const Expr * const *Args;
1618 const unsigned NumArgs;
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001619 unsigned FormatIdx;
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00001620 llvm::BitVector CoveredArgs;
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001621 bool usesPositionalArgs;
1622 bool atFirstArg;
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001623 bool inFunctionCall;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001624public:
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001625 CheckFormatHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
Ted Kremenek6ee76532010-03-25 03:59:12 +00001626 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001627 unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjCLiteral,
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001628 const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001629 Expr **args, unsigned numArgs,
1630 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall)
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001631 : S(s), FExpr(fexpr), OrigFormatExpr(origFormatExpr),
Ted Kremenek6ee76532010-03-25 03:59:12 +00001632 FirstDataArg(firstDataArg),
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00001633 NumDataArgs(numDataArgs),
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001634 IsObjCLiteral(isObjCLiteral), Beg(beg),
1635 HasVAListArg(hasVAListArg),
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001636 Args(args), NumArgs(numArgs), FormatIdx(formatIdx),
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001637 usesPositionalArgs(false), atFirstArg(true),
1638 inFunctionCall(inFunctionCall) {
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00001639 CoveredArgs.resize(numDataArgs);
1640 CoveredArgs.reset();
1641 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001642
Ted Kremenek07d161f2010-01-29 01:50:07 +00001643 void DoneProcessing();
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001644
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001645 void HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
1646 unsigned specifierLen);
1647
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001648 virtual void HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startSpecifier,
1649 unsigned specifierLen,
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001650 analyze_format_string::PositionContext p);
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001651
1652 virtual void HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen);
1653
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001654 void HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter);
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001655
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001656 template <typename Range>
1657 static void EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool inFunctionCall,
1658 const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
1659 PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
1660 SourceLocation StringLoc,
1661 bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
1662 FixItHint Fixit = FixItHint());
1663
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001664protected:
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00001665 bool HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, SourceLocation Loc,
1666 const char *startSpec,
1667 unsigned specifierLen,
1668 const char *csStart, unsigned csLen);
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001669
1670 void HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
1671 const char *startSpec,
1672 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00001673
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00001674 SourceRange getFormatStringRange();
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001675 CharSourceRange getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier,
1676 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001677 SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(const char *x);
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001678
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001679 const Expr *getDataArg(unsigned i) const;
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00001680
1681 bool CheckNumArgs(const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
1682 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
1683 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
1684 unsigned argIndex);
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001685
1686 template <typename Range>
1687 void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
1688 bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
1689 FixItHint Fixit = FixItHint());
1690
1691 void CheckPositionalAndNonpositionalArgs(
1692 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier *FS);
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001693};
1694}
1695
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001696SourceRange CheckFormatHandler::getFormatStringRange() {
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001697 return OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
1698}
1699
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001700CharSourceRange CheckFormatHandler::
1701getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00001702 SourceLocation Start = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier);
1703 SourceLocation End = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier + specifierLen - 1);
1704
1705 // Advance the end SourceLocation by one due to half-open ranges.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa64ccef2011-09-19 20:40:19 +00001706 End = End.getLocWithOffset(1);
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00001707
1708 return CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Start, End);
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00001709}
1710
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001711SourceLocation CheckFormatHandler::getLocationOfByte(const char *x) {
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001712 return S.getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(FExpr, x - Beg);
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001713}
1714
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001715void CheckFormatHandler::HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
1716 unsigned specifierLen){
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001717 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_incomplete_specifier),
1718 getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
1719 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
1720 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek808015a2010-01-29 03:16:21 +00001721}
1722
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001723void
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001724CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen,
1725 analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001726 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_positional_specifier)
1727 << (unsigned) p,
1728 getLocationOfByte(startPos), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
1729 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001730}
1731
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001732void CheckFormatHandler::HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos,
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001733 unsigned posLen) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001734 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_zero_positional_specifier),
1735 getLocationOfByte(startPos),
1736 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
1737 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001738}
1739
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001740void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) {
Ted Kremenek0c069442011-03-15 21:18:48 +00001741 if (!IsObjCLiteral) {
1742 // The presence of a null character is likely an error.
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001743 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
1744 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_contains_null_char),
1745 getLocationOfByte(nullCharacter), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
1746 getFormatStringRange());
Ted Kremenek0c069442011-03-15 21:18:48 +00001747 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001748}
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001749
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001750const Expr *CheckFormatHandler::getDataArg(unsigned i) const {
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001751 return Args[FirstDataArg + i];
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001752}
1753
1754void CheckFormatHandler::DoneProcessing() {
1755 // Does the number of data arguments exceed the number of
1756 // format conversions in the format string?
1757 if (!HasVAListArg) {
1758 // Find any arguments that weren't covered.
1759 CoveredArgs.flip();
1760 signed notCoveredArg = CoveredArgs.find_first();
1761 if (notCoveredArg >= 0) {
1762 assert((unsigned)notCoveredArg < NumDataArgs);
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001763 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_data_arg_not_used),
1764 getDataArg((unsigned) notCoveredArg)->getLocStart(),
1765 /*IsStringLocation*/false, getFormatStringRange());
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001766 }
1767 }
1768}
1769
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00001770bool
1771CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex,
1772 SourceLocation Loc,
1773 const char *startSpec,
1774 unsigned specifierLen,
1775 const char *csStart,
1776 unsigned csLen) {
1777
1778 bool keepGoing = true;
1779 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
1780 // Consider the argument coverered, even though the specifier doesn't
1781 // make sense.
1782 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
1783 }
1784 else {
1785 // If argIndex exceeds the number of data arguments we
1786 // don't issue a warning because that is just a cascade of warnings (and
1787 // they may have intended '%%' anyway). We don't want to continue processing
1788 // the format string after this point, however, as we will like just get
1789 // gibberish when trying to match arguments.
1790 keepGoing = false;
1791 }
1792
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001793 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_conversion)
1794 << StringRef(csStart, csLen),
1795 Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/true,
1796 getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00001797
1798 return keepGoing;
1799}
1800
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001801void
1802CheckFormatHandler::HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
1803 const char *startSpec,
1804 unsigned specifierLen) {
1805 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
1806 S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_mix_positional_nonpositional_args),
1807 Loc, /*isStringLoc*/true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
1808}
1809
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00001810bool
1811CheckFormatHandler::CheckNumArgs(
1812 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
1813 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
1814 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned argIndex) {
1815
1816 if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001817 PartialDiagnostic PDiag = FS.usesPositionalArg()
1818 ? (S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_positional_arg_exceeds_data_args)
1819 << (argIndex+1) << NumDataArgs)
1820 : S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_insufficient_data_args);
1821 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
1822 PDiag, getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
1823 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00001824 return false;
1825 }
1826 return true;
1827}
1828
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001829template<typename Range>
1830void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
1831 SourceLocation Loc,
1832 bool IsStringLocation,
1833 Range StringRange,
1834 FixItHint FixIt) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001835 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S, inFunctionCall, Args[FormatIdx], PDiag,
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001836 Loc, IsStringLocation, StringRange, FixIt);
1837}
1838
1839/// \brief If the format string is not within the funcion call, emit a note
1840/// so that the function call and string are in diagnostic messages.
1841///
1842/// \param inFunctionCall if true, the format string is within the function
1843/// call and only one diagnostic message will be produced. Otherwise, an
1844/// extra note will be emitted pointing to location of the format string.
1845///
1846/// \param ArgumentExpr the expression that is passed as the format string
1847/// argument in the function call. Used for getting locations when two
1848/// diagnostics are emitted.
1849///
1850/// \param PDiag the callee should already have provided any strings for the
1851/// diagnostic message. This function only adds locations and fixits
1852/// to diagnostics.
1853///
1854/// \param Loc primary location for diagnostic. If two diagnostics are
1855/// required, one will be at Loc and a new SourceLocation will be created for
1856/// the other one.
1857///
1858/// \param IsStringLocation if true, Loc points to the format string should be
1859/// used for the note. Otherwise, Loc points to the argument list and will
1860/// be used with PDiag.
1861///
1862/// \param StringRange some or all of the string to highlight. This is
1863/// templated so it can accept either a CharSourceRange or a SourceRange.
1864///
1865/// \param Fixit optional fix it hint for the format string.
1866template<typename Range>
1867void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool InFunctionCall,
1868 const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
1869 PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
1870 SourceLocation Loc,
1871 bool IsStringLocation,
1872 Range StringRange,
1873 FixItHint FixIt) {
1874 if (InFunctionCall)
1875 S.Diag(Loc, PDiag) << StringRange << FixIt;
1876 else {
1877 S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc() : Loc, PDiag)
1878 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange();
1879 S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? Loc : StringRange.getBegin(),
1880 diag::note_format_string_defined)
1881 << StringRange << FixIt;
1882 }
1883}
1884
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001885//===--- CHECK: Printf format string checking ------------------------------===//
1886
1887namespace {
1888class CheckPrintfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
1889public:
1890 CheckPrintfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
1891 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
1892 unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjCLiteral,
1893 const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001894 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1895 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall)
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001896 : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
1897 numDataArgs, isObjCLiteral, beg, hasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001898 Args, NumArgs, formatIdx, inFunctionCall) {}
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001899
1900
1901 bool HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
1902 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
1903 const char *startSpecifier,
1904 unsigned specifierLen);
1905
1906 bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
1907 const char *startSpecifier,
1908 unsigned specifierLen);
1909
1910 bool HandleAmount(const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, unsigned k,
1911 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1912 void HandleInvalidAmount(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
1913 const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
1914 unsigned type,
1915 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1916 void HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
1917 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
1918 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1919 void HandleIgnoredFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
1920 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
1921 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
1922 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1923};
1924}
1925
1926bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
1927 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
1928 const char *startSpecifier,
1929 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00001930 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00001931 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001932
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00001933 return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
1934 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
1935 startSpecifier, specifierLen,
1936 CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
Ted Kremenek26ac2e02010-01-29 02:40:24 +00001937}
1938
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001939bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleAmount(
1940 const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt,
1941 unsigned k, const char *startSpecifier,
1942 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001943
1944 if (Amt.hasDataArgument()) {
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001945 if (!HasVAListArg) {
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00001946 unsigned argIndex = Amt.getArgIndex();
1947 if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001948 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_missing_arg)
1949 << k,
1950 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
1951 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
1952 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001953 // Don't do any more checking. We will just emit
1954 // spurious errors.
1955 return false;
1956 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001957
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001958 // Type check the data argument. It should be an 'int'.
Ted Kremenek31f8e322010-01-29 23:32:22 +00001959 // Although not in conformance with C99, we also allow the argument to be
1960 // an 'unsigned int' as that is a reasonably safe case. GCC also
1961 // doesn't emit a warning for that case.
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00001962 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
1963 const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001964 QualType T = Arg->getType();
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001965
1966 const analyze_printf::ArgTypeResult &ATR = Amt.getArgType(S.Context);
1967 assert(ATR.isValid());
1968
1969 if (!ATR.matchesType(S.Context, T)) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001970 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_wrong_type)
Hans Wennborga792aff2011-12-07 10:33:11 +00001971 << k << ATR.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001972 << T << Arg->getSourceRange(),
1973 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
1974 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
1975 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001976 // Don't do any more checking. We will just emit
1977 // spurious errors.
1978 return false;
1979 }
1980 }
1981 }
1982 return true;
1983}
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001984
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00001985void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidAmount(
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001986 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00001987 const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
1988 unsigned type,
1989 const char *startSpecifier,
1990 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00001991 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
1992 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00001993
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001994 FixItHint fixit =
1995 Amt.getHowSpecified() == analyze_printf::OptionalAmount::Constant
1996 ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
1997 Amt.getConstantLength()))
1998 : FixItHint();
1999
2000 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_optional_amount)
2001 << type << CS.toString(),
2002 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2003 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2004 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2005 fixit);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002006}
2007
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002008void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002009 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2010 const char *startSpecifier,
2011 unsigned specifierLen) {
2012 // Warn about pointless flag with a fixit removal.
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002013 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
2014 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002015 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_flag)
2016 << flag.toString() << CS.toString(),
2017 getLocationOfByte(flag.getPosition()),
2018 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2019 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2020 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
2021 getSpecifierRange(flag.getPosition(), 1)));
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002022}
2023
2024void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleIgnoredFlag(
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002025 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002026 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
2027 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2028 const char *startSpecifier,
2029 unsigned specifierLen) {
2030 // Warn about ignored flag with a fixit removal.
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002031 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_ignored_flag)
2032 << ignoredFlag.toString() << flag.toString(),
2033 getLocationOfByte(ignoredFlag.getPosition()),
2034 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2035 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2036 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
2037 getSpecifierRange(ignoredFlag.getPosition(), 1)));
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002038}
2039
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002040bool
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002041CheckPrintfHandler::HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier
Ted Kremenek5c41ee82010-02-11 09:27:41 +00002042 &FS,
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002043 const char *startSpecifier,
2044 unsigned specifierLen) {
2045
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002046 using namespace analyze_format_string;
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002047 using namespace analyze_printf;
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002048 const PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002049
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002050 if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2051 if (atFirstArg) {
2052 atFirstArg = false;
2053 usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
2054 }
2055 else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002056 HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2057 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002058 return false;
2059 }
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002060 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002061
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002062 // First check if the field width, precision, and conversion specifier
2063 // have matching data arguments.
2064 if (!HandleAmount(FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
2065 startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
2066 return false;
2067 }
2068
2069 if (!HandleAmount(FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
2070 startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002071 return false;
2072 }
2073
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002074 if (!CS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2075 // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
2076 // makes no sense. Worth issuing a warning at some point.
Ted Kremenek0e5675d2010-02-10 02:16:30 +00002077 return true;
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002078 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002079
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002080 // Consume the argument.
2081 unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
Ted Kremeneke3fc5472010-02-27 08:34:51 +00002082 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
2083 // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
2084 // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
2085 // function if we encounter some other error.
2086 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2087 }
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002088
2089 // Check for using an Objective-C specific conversion specifier
2090 // in a non-ObjC literal.
2091 if (!IsObjCLiteral && CS.isObjCArg()) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002092 return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
2093 specifierLen);
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002094 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002095
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002096 // Check for invalid use of field width
2097 if (!FS.hasValidFieldWidth()) {
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002098 HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002099 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2100 }
2101
2102 // Check for invalid use of precision
2103 if (!FS.hasValidPrecision()) {
2104 HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
2105 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2106 }
2107
2108 // Check each flag does not conflict with any other component.
Ted Kremenek65197b42011-01-08 05:28:46 +00002109 if (!FS.hasValidThousandsGroupingPrefix())
2110 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasThousandsGrouping(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002111 if (!FS.hasValidLeadingZeros())
2112 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2113 if (!FS.hasValidPlusPrefix())
2114 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasPlusPrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002115 if (!FS.hasValidSpacePrefix())
2116 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002117 if (!FS.hasValidAlternativeForm())
2118 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasAlternativeForm(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2119 if (!FS.hasValidLeftJustified())
2120 HandleFlag(FS, FS.isLeftJustified(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2121
2122 // Check that flags are not ignored by another flag
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002123 if (FS.hasSpacePrefix() && FS.hasPlusPrefix()) // ' ' ignored by '+'
2124 HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), FS.hasPlusPrefix(),
2125 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002126 if (FS.hasLeadingZeros() && FS.isLeftJustified()) // '0' ignored by '-'
2127 HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), FS.isLeftJustified(),
2128 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2129
2130 // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
2131 const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
2132 if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier())
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002133 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length)
2134 << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
2135 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2136 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2137 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2138 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
2139 getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(),
2140 LM.getLength())));
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002141
2142 // Are we using '%n'?
Ted Kremenek35d353b2010-07-20 20:04:10 +00002143 if (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::nArg) {
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002144 // Issue a warning about this being a possible security issue.
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002145 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_write_back),
2146 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2147 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2148 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremeneke82d8042010-01-29 01:35:25 +00002149 // Continue checking the other format specifiers.
2150 return true;
2151 }
Ted Kremenek5c41ee82010-02-11 09:27:41 +00002152
Ted Kremenekda51f0d2010-01-29 01:43:31 +00002153 // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
2154 if (HasVAListArg)
2155 return true;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002156
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002157 if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
Ted Kremenekda51f0d2010-01-29 01:43:31 +00002158 return false;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002159
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002160 // Now type check the data expression that matches the
2161 // format specifier.
2162 const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
Nico Weber339b9072012-01-31 01:43:25 +00002163 const analyze_printf::ArgTypeResult &ATR = FS.getArgType(S.Context,
2164 IsObjCLiteral);
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002165 if (ATR.isValid() && !ATR.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType())) {
2166 // Check if we didn't match because of an implicit cast from a 'char'
2167 // or 'short' to an 'int'. This is done because printf is a varargs
2168 // function.
2169 if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Ex))
Ted Kremenek4d8ae4d2010-10-21 04:00:58 +00002170 if (ICE->getType() == S.Context.IntTy) {
2171 // All further checking is done on the subexpression.
2172 Ex = ICE->getSubExpr();
2173 if (ATR.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType()))
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002174 return true;
Ted Kremenek4d8ae4d2010-10-21 04:00:58 +00002175 }
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002176
2177 // We may be able to offer a FixItHint if it is a supported type.
2178 PrintfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
Hans Wennborga7da2152011-10-18 08:10:06 +00002179 bool success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), S.getLangOptions());
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002180
2181 if (success) {
2182 // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00002183 SmallString<128> buf;
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002184 llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
2185 fixedFS.toString(os);
2186
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002187 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2188 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
Hans Wennborga792aff2011-12-07 10:33:11 +00002189 << ATR.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002190 << Ex->getSourceRange(),
2191 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2192 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2193 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2194 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
2195 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2196 os.str()));
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002197 }
2198 else {
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00002199 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2200 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
2201 << ATR.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
2202 << getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)
2203 << Ex->getSourceRange(),
2204 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2205 true,
2206 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002207 }
2208 }
2209
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002210 return true;
2211}
2212
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002213//===--- CHECK: Scanf format string checking ------------------------------===//
2214
2215namespace {
2216class CheckScanfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
2217public:
2218 CheckScanfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
2219 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
2220 unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjCLiteral,
2221 const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002222 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2223 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall)
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002224 : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
2225 numDataArgs, isObjCLiteral, beg, hasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002226 Args, NumArgs, formatIdx, inFunctionCall) {}
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002227
2228 bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2229 const char *startSpecifier,
2230 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002231
2232 bool HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
2233 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2234 const char *startSpecifier,
2235 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekb7c21012010-07-16 18:28:03 +00002236
2237 void HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, const char *end);
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002238};
Ted Kremenek07d161f2010-01-29 01:50:07 +00002239}
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002240
Ted Kremenekb7c21012010-07-16 18:28:03 +00002241void CheckScanfHandler::HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start,
2242 const char *end) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002243 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_scanlist_incomplete),
2244 getLocationOfByte(end), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2245 getSpecifierRange(start, end - start));
Ted Kremenekb7c21012010-07-16 18:28:03 +00002246}
2247
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002248bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
2249 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2250 const char *startSpecifier,
2251 unsigned specifierLen) {
2252
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002253 const analyze_scanf::ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS =
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002254 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
2255
2256 return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
2257 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2258 startSpecifier, specifierLen,
2259 CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
2260}
2261
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002262bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleScanfSpecifier(
2263 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2264 const char *startSpecifier,
2265 unsigned specifierLen) {
2266
2267 using namespace analyze_scanf;
2268 using namespace analyze_format_string;
2269
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002270 const ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002271
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002272 // Handle case where '%' and '*' don't consume an argument. These shouldn't
2273 // be used to decide if we are using positional arguments consistently.
2274 if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2275 if (atFirstArg) {
2276 atFirstArg = false;
2277 usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
2278 }
2279 else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002280 HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2281 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002282 return false;
2283 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002284 }
2285
2286 // Check if the field with is non-zero.
2287 const OptionalAmount &Amt = FS.getFieldWidth();
2288 if (Amt.getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::Constant) {
2289 if (Amt.getConstantAmount() == 0) {
2290 const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
2291 Amt.getConstantLength());
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002292 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_nonzero_width),
2293 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2294 /*IsStringLocation*/true, R,
2295 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R));
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002296 }
2297 }
2298
2299 if (!FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2300 // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
2301 // makes no sense. Worth issuing a warning at some point.
2302 return true;
2303 }
2304
2305 // Consume the argument.
2306 unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
2307 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
2308 // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
2309 // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
2310 // function if we encounter some other error.
2311 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2312 }
2313
Ted Kremenek1e51c202010-07-20 20:04:47 +00002314 // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
2315 const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
2316 if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier()) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00002317 const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
2318 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length)
2319 << LM.toString() << CS.toString()
2320 << getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2321 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2322 /*IsStringLocation*/true, R,
2323 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R));
Ted Kremenek1e51c202010-07-20 20:04:47 +00002324 }
2325
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002326 // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
2327 if (HasVAListArg)
2328 return true;
2329
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002330 if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002331 return false;
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002332
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002333 // Check that the argument type matches the format specifier.
2334 const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
2335 const analyze_scanf::ScanfArgTypeResult &ATR = FS.getArgType(S.Context);
2336 if (ATR.isValid() && !ATR.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType())) {
2337 ScanfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
2338 bool success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), S.getLangOptions());
2339
2340 if (success) {
2341 // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier.
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00002342 SmallString<128> buf;
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002343 llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
2344 fixedFS.toString(os);
2345
2346 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2347 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
2348 << ATR.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
2349 << Ex->getSourceRange(),
2350 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2351 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2352 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2353 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
2354 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2355 os.str()));
2356 } else {
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00002357 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2358 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002359 << ATR.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00002360 << Ex->getSourceRange(),
2361 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2362 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2363 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002364 }
2365 }
2366
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002367 return true;
2368}
2369
2370void Sema::CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr,
Ted Kremenek0e5675d2010-02-10 02:16:30 +00002371 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002372 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2373 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00002374 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002375 bool inFunctionCall) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002376
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002377 // CHECK: is the format string a wide literal?
Douglas Gregor5cee1192011-07-27 05:40:30 +00002378 if (!FExpr->isAscii()) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002379 CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002380 *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002381 PDiag(diag::warn_format_string_is_wide_literal), FExpr->getLocStart(),
2382 /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002383 return;
2384 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002385
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002386 // Str - The format string. NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002387 StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
Benjamin Kramer2f4eaef2010-08-17 12:54:38 +00002388 const char *Str = StrRef.data();
2389 unsigned StrLen = StrRef.size();
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002390 const unsigned numDataArgs = NumArgs - firstDataArg;
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002391
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002392 // CHECK: empty format string?
Ted Kremenek4cd57912011-09-29 05:52:16 +00002393 if (StrLen == 0 && numDataArgs > 0) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002394 CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002395 *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002396 PDiag(diag::warn_empty_format_string), FExpr->getLocStart(),
2397 /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002398 return;
2399 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002400
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00002401 if (Type == FST_Printf || Type == FST_NSString) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002402 CheckPrintfHandler H(*this, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
Ted Kremenek4cd57912011-09-29 05:52:16 +00002403 numDataArgs, isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr),
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002404 Str, HasVAListArg, Args, NumArgs, format_idx,
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002405 inFunctionCall);
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002406
Hans Wennborgd02deeb2011-12-15 10:25:47 +00002407 if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
2408 getLangOptions()))
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002409 H.DoneProcessing();
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00002410 } else if (Type == FST_Scanf) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002411 CheckScanfHandler H(*this, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
Ted Kremenek4cd57912011-09-29 05:52:16 +00002412 numDataArgs, isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr),
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002413 Str, HasVAListArg, Args, NumArgs, format_idx,
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002414 inFunctionCall);
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002415
Hans Wennborgd02deeb2011-12-15 10:25:47 +00002416 if (!analyze_format_string::ParseScanfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
2417 getLangOptions()))
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002418 H.DoneProcessing();
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00002419 } // TODO: handle other formats
Ted Kremenekce7024e2010-01-28 01:18:22 +00002420}
2421
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00002422//===--- CHECK: Standard memory functions ---------------------------------===//
2423
Douglas Gregor2a053a32011-05-03 20:05:22 +00002424/// \brief Determine whether the given type is a dynamic class type (e.g.,
2425/// whether it has a vtable).
2426static bool isDynamicClassType(QualType T) {
2427 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
2428 if (CXXRecordDecl *Definition = Record->getDefinition())
2429 if (Definition->isDynamicClass())
2430 return true;
2431
2432 return false;
2433}
2434
Chandler Carrutha72a12f2011-06-21 23:04:20 +00002435/// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument expression,
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002436/// otherwise returns NULL.
2437static const Expr *getSizeOfExprArg(const Expr* E) {
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00002438 if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002439 dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
2440 if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf && !SizeOf->isArgumentType())
2441 return SizeOf->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00002442
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002443 return 0;
2444}
2445
Chandler Carrutha72a12f2011-06-21 23:04:20 +00002446/// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument type.
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002447static QualType getSizeOfArgType(const Expr* E) {
2448 if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
2449 dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
2450 if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf)
2451 return SizeOf->getTypeOfArgument();
2452
2453 return QualType();
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00002454}
2455
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00002456/// \brief Check for dangerous or invalid arguments to memset().
2457///
Chandler Carruth929f0132011-06-03 06:23:57 +00002458/// This issues warnings on known problematic, dangerous or unspecified
Matt Beaumont-Gaycc2f30c2011-08-05 00:22:34 +00002459/// arguments to the standard 'memset', 'memcpy', 'memmove', and 'memcmp'
2460/// function calls.
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00002461///
2462/// \param Call The call expression to diagnose.
Matt Beaumont-Gaycc2f30c2011-08-05 00:22:34 +00002463void Sema::CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002464 unsigned BId,
Matt Beaumont-Gaycc2f30c2011-08-05 00:22:34 +00002465 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002466 assert(BId != 0);
2467
Ted Kremenek1d59f7f2011-04-28 01:38:02 +00002468 // It is possible to have a non-standard definition of memset. Validate
Douglas Gregor707a23e2011-06-16 17:56:04 +00002469 // we have enough arguments, and if not, abort further checking.
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002470 unsigned ExpectedNumArgs = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 2 : 3);
Nico Webercda57822011-10-13 22:30:23 +00002471 if (Call->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs)
Ted Kremenek1d59f7f2011-04-28 01:38:02 +00002472 return;
2473
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002474 unsigned LastArg = (BId == Builtin::BImemset ||
2475 BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
2476 unsigned LenArg = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
Nico Webercda57822011-10-13 22:30:23 +00002477 const Expr *LenExpr = Call->getArg(LenArg)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002478
2479 // We have special checking when the length is a sizeof expression.
2480 QualType SizeOfArgTy = getSizeOfArgType(LenExpr);
2481 const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenExpr);
2482 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID SizeOfArgID;
2483
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00002484 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != LastArg; ++ArgIdx) {
2485 const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00002486 SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->getSourceRange();
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00002487
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00002488 QualType DestTy = Dest->getType();
2489 if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2490 QualType PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType();
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002491
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002492 // Never warn about void type pointers. This can be used to suppress
2493 // false positives.
2494 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00002495 continue;
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00002496
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002497 // Catch "memset(p, 0, sizeof(p))" -- needs to be sizeof(*p). Do this by
2498 // actually comparing the expressions for equality. Because computing the
2499 // expression IDs can be expensive, we only do this if the diagnostic is
2500 // enabled.
2501 if (SizeOfArg &&
2502 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess,
2503 SizeOfArg->getExprLoc())) {
2504 // We only compute IDs for expressions if the warning is enabled, and
2505 // cache the sizeof arg's ID.
2506 if (SizeOfArgID == llvm::FoldingSetNodeID())
2507 SizeOfArg->Profile(SizeOfArgID, Context, true);
2508 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID DestID;
2509 Dest->Profile(DestID, Context, true);
2510 if (DestID == SizeOfArgID) {
Nico Webercda57822011-10-13 22:30:23 +00002511 // TODO: For strncpy() and friends, this could suggest sizeof(dst)
2512 // over sizeof(src) as well.
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002513 unsigned ActionIdx = 0; // Default is to suggest dereferencing.
2514 if (const UnaryOperator *UnaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Dest))
2515 if (UnaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
2516 ActionIdx = 1; // If its an address-of operator, just remove it.
2517 if (Context.getTypeSize(PointeeTy) == Context.getCharWidth())
2518 ActionIdx = 2; // If the pointee's size is sizeof(char),
2519 // suggest an explicit length.
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +00002520 unsigned DestSrcSelect =
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002521 (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : ArgIdx);
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002522 DiagRuntimeBehavior(SizeOfArg->getExprLoc(), Dest,
2523 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess)
Nico Webercda57822011-10-13 22:30:23 +00002524 << FnName << DestSrcSelect << ActionIdx
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00002525 << Dest->getSourceRange()
2526 << SizeOfArg->getSourceRange());
2527 break;
2528 }
2529 }
2530
2531 // Also check for cases where the sizeof argument is the exact same
2532 // type as the memory argument, and where it points to a user-defined
2533 // record type.
2534 if (SizeOfArgTy != QualType()) {
2535 if (PointeeTy->isRecordType() &&
2536 Context.typesAreCompatible(SizeOfArgTy, DestTy)) {
2537 DiagRuntimeBehavior(LenExpr->getExprLoc(), Dest,
2538 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_type_memaccess)
2539 << FnName << SizeOfArgTy << ArgIdx
2540 << PointeeTy << Dest->getSourceRange()
2541 << LenExpr->getSourceRange());
2542 break;
2543 }
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00002544 }
2545
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00002546 // Always complain about dynamic classes.
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002547 if (isDynamicClassType(PointeeTy)) {
2548
2549 unsigned OperationType = 0;
2550 // "overwritten" if we're warning about the destination for any call
2551 // but memcmp; otherwise a verb appropriate to the call.
2552 if (ArgIdx != 0 || BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) {
2553 if (BId == Builtin::BImemcpy)
2554 OperationType = 1;
2555 else if(BId == Builtin::BImemmove)
2556 OperationType = 2;
2557 else if (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp)
2558 OperationType = 3;
2559 }
2560
Matt Beaumont-Gay5c5218e2011-08-19 20:40:18 +00002561 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
2562 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
2563 PDiag(diag::warn_dyn_class_memaccess)
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002564 << (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp ? ArgIdx + 2 : ArgIdx)
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +00002565 << FnName << PointeeTy
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002566 << OperationType
Matt Beaumont-Gay5c5218e2011-08-19 20:40:18 +00002567 << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00002568 } else if (PointeeTy.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
2569 BId != Builtin::BImemset)
Matt Beaumont-Gay5c5218e2011-08-19 20:40:18 +00002570 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
2571 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
2572 PDiag(diag::warn_arc_object_memaccess)
2573 << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy
2574 << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002575 else
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00002576 continue;
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002577
2578 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
2579 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
Chandler Carruth929f0132011-06-03 06:23:57 +00002580 PDiag(diag::note_bad_memaccess_silence)
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00002581 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)"));
2582 break;
2583 }
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00002584 }
2585}
2586
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00002587// A little helper routine: ignore addition and subtraction of integer literals.
2588// This intentionally does not ignore all integer constant expressions because
2589// we don't want to remove sizeof().
2590static const Expr *ignoreLiteralAdditions(const Expr *Ex, ASTContext &Ctx) {
2591 Ex = Ex->IgnoreParenCasts();
2592
2593 for (;;) {
2594 const BinaryOperator * BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex);
2595 if (!BO || !BO->isAdditiveOp())
2596 break;
2597
2598 const Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
2599 const Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
2600
2601 if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(RHS))
2602 Ex = LHS;
2603 else if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(LHS))
2604 Ex = RHS;
2605 else
2606 break;
2607 }
2608
2609 return Ex;
2610}
2611
2612// Warn if the user has made the 'size' argument to strlcpy or strlcat
2613// be the size of the source, instead of the destination.
2614void Sema::CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
2615 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
2616
2617 // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments
2618 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 3)
2619 return;
2620
2621 const Expr *SrcArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(1), Context);
2622 const Expr *SizeArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(2), Context);
2623 const Expr *CompareWithSrc = NULL;
2624
2625 // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, sizeof(x))'
2626 if (const Expr *Ex = getSizeOfExprArg(SizeArg))
2627 CompareWithSrc = Ex;
2628 else {
2629 // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, strlen(x))'
2630 if (const CallExpr *SizeCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(SizeArg)) {
Richard Smith180f4792011-11-10 06:34:14 +00002631 if (SizeCall->isBuiltinCall() == Builtin::BIstrlen
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00002632 && SizeCall->getNumArgs() == 1)
2633 CompareWithSrc = ignoreLiteralAdditions(SizeCall->getArg(0), Context);
2634 }
2635 }
2636
2637 if (!CompareWithSrc)
2638 return;
2639
2640 // Determine if the argument to sizeof/strlen is equal to the source
2641 // argument. In principle there's all kinds of things you could do
2642 // here, for instance creating an == expression and evaluating it with
2643 // EvaluateAsBooleanCondition, but this uses a more direct technique:
2644 const DeclRefExpr *SrcArgDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcArg);
2645 if (!SrcArgDRE)
2646 return;
2647
2648 const DeclRefExpr *CompareWithSrcDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CompareWithSrc);
2649 if (!CompareWithSrcDRE ||
2650 SrcArgDRE->getDecl() != CompareWithSrcDRE->getDecl())
2651 return;
2652
2653 const Expr *OriginalSizeArg = Call->getArg(2);
2654 Diag(CompareWithSrcDRE->getLocStart(), diag::warn_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
2655 << OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange() << FnName;
2656
2657 // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a
2658 // pointer to an array). This could be enhanced to handle some
2659 // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2'
2660 // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'.
2661 const Expr *DstArg = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00002662 QualType DstArgTy = DstArg->getType();
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00002663
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00002664 // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members.
2665 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(DstArgTy)) {
2666 // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1.
2667 if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1)
2668 return;
2669 } else if (!DstArgTy->isVariableArrayType()) {
2670 return;
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00002671 }
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00002672
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00002673 SmallString<128> sizeString;
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00002674 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
2675 OS << "sizeof(";
Douglas Gregor8987b232011-09-27 23:30:47 +00002676 DstArg->printPretty(OS, Context, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00002677 OS << ")";
2678
2679 Diag(OriginalSizeArg->getLocStart(), diag::note_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
2680 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange(),
2681 OS.str());
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00002682}
2683
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00002684/// Check if two expressions refer to the same declaration.
2685static bool referToTheSameDecl(const Expr *E1, const Expr *E2) {
2686 if (const DeclRefExpr *D1 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E1))
2687 if (const DeclRefExpr *D2 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E2))
2688 return D1->getDecl() == D2->getDecl();
2689 return false;
2690}
2691
2692static const Expr *getStrlenExprArg(const Expr *E) {
2693 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
2694 const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
2695 if (!FD || FD->getMemoryFunctionKind() != Builtin::BIstrlen)
2696 return 0;
2697 return CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
2698 }
2699 return 0;
2700}
2701
2702// Warn on anti-patterns as the 'size' argument to strncat.
2703// The correct size argument should look like following:
2704// strncat(dst, src, sizeof(dst) - strlen(dest) - 1);
2705void Sema::CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *CE,
2706 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
2707 // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments.
2708 if (CE->getNumArgs() < 3)
2709 return;
2710 const Expr *DstArg = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
2711 const Expr *SrcArg = CE->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
2712 const Expr *LenArg = CE->getArg(2)->IgnoreParenCasts();
2713
2714 // Identify common expressions, which are wrongly used as the size argument
2715 // to strncat and may lead to buffer overflows.
2716 unsigned PatternType = 0;
2717 if (const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenArg)) {
2718 // - sizeof(dst)
2719 if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, DstArg))
2720 PatternType = 1;
2721 // - sizeof(src)
2722 else if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, SrcArg))
2723 PatternType = 2;
2724 } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LenArg)) {
2725 if (BE->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
2726 const Expr *L = BE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
2727 const Expr *R = BE->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
2728 // - sizeof(dst) - strlen(dst)
2729 if (referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)) &&
2730 referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getStrlenExprArg(R)))
2731 PatternType = 1;
2732 // - sizeof(src) - (anything)
2733 else if (referToTheSameDecl(SrcArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)))
2734 PatternType = 2;
2735 }
2736 }
2737
2738 if (PatternType == 0)
2739 return;
2740
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00002741 // Generate the diagnostic.
2742 SourceLocation SL = LenArg->getLocStart();
2743 SourceRange SR = LenArg->getSourceRange();
2744 SourceManager &SM = PP.getSourceManager();
2745
2746 // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro expansion.
2747 if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
2748 SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
2749 SR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getBegin()),
2750 SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getEnd()));
2751 }
2752
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00002753 if (PatternType == 1)
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00002754 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_large_size) << SR;
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00002755 else
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00002756 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00002757
2758 // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a
2759 // pointer to an array). This could be enhanced to handle some
2760 // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2'
2761 // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'.
2762 QualType DstArgTy = DstArg->getType();
2763
2764 // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members.
2765 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(DstArgTy)) {
2766 // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1.
2767 if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1)
2768 return;
2769 } else if (!DstArgTy->isVariableArrayType()) {
2770 return;
2771 }
2772
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00002773 SmallString<128> sizeString;
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00002774 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
2775 OS << "sizeof(";
2776 DstArg->printPretty(OS, Context, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
2777 OS << ") - ";
2778 OS << "strlen(";
2779 DstArg->printPretty(OS, Context, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
2780 OS << ") - 1";
2781
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00002782 Diag(SL, diag::note_strncat_wrong_size)
2783 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SR, OS.str());
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00002784}
2785
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00002786//===--- CHECK: Return Address of Stack Variable --------------------------===//
2787
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002788static Expr *EvalVal(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars);
2789static Expr *EvalAddr(Expr* E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00002790
2791/// CheckReturnStackAddr - Check if a return statement returns the address
2792/// of a stack variable.
2793void
2794Sema::CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
2795 SourceLocation ReturnLoc) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002796
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002797 Expr *stackE = 0;
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002798 SmallVector<DeclRefExpr *, 8> refVars;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002799
2800 // Perform checking for returned stack addresses, local blocks,
2801 // label addresses or references to temporaries.
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002802 if (lhsType->isPointerType() ||
2803 (!getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && lhsType->isBlockPointerType())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002804 stackE = EvalAddr(RetValExp, refVars);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002805 } else if (lhsType->isReferenceType()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002806 stackE = EvalVal(RetValExp, refVars);
2807 }
2808
2809 if (stackE == 0)
2810 return; // Nothing suspicious was found.
2811
2812 SourceLocation diagLoc;
2813 SourceRange diagRange;
2814 if (refVars.empty()) {
2815 diagLoc = stackE->getLocStart();
2816 diagRange = stackE->getSourceRange();
2817 } else {
2818 // We followed through a reference variable. 'stackE' contains the
2819 // problematic expression but we will warn at the return statement pointing
2820 // at the reference variable. We will later display the "trail" of
2821 // reference variables using notes.
2822 diagLoc = refVars[0]->getLocStart();
2823 diagRange = refVars[0]->getSourceRange();
2824 }
2825
2826 if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(stackE)) { //address of local var.
2827 Diag(diagLoc, lhsType->isReferenceType() ? diag::warn_ret_stack_ref
2828 : diag::warn_ret_stack_addr)
2829 << DR->getDecl()->getDeclName() << diagRange;
2830 } else if (isa<BlockExpr>(stackE)) { // local block.
2831 Diag(diagLoc, diag::err_ret_local_block) << diagRange;
2832 } else if (isa<AddrLabelExpr>(stackE)) { // address of label.
2833 Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_addr_label) << diagRange;
2834 } else { // local temporary.
2835 Diag(diagLoc, lhsType->isReferenceType() ? diag::warn_ret_local_temp_ref
2836 : diag::warn_ret_local_temp_addr)
2837 << diagRange;
2838 }
2839
2840 // Display the "trail" of reference variables that we followed until we
2841 // found the problematic expression using notes.
2842 for (unsigned i = 0, e = refVars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
2843 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(refVars[i]->getDecl());
2844 // If this var binds to another reference var, show the range of the next
2845 // var, otherwise the var binds to the problematic expression, in which case
2846 // show the range of the expression.
2847 SourceRange range = (i < e-1) ? refVars[i+1]->getSourceRange()
2848 : stackE->getSourceRange();
2849 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_ref_var_local_bind)
2850 << VD->getDeclName() << range;
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00002851 }
2852}
2853
2854/// EvalAddr - EvalAddr and EvalVal are mutually recursive functions that
2855/// check if the expression in a return statement evaluates to an address
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002856/// to a location on the stack, a local block, an address of a label, or a
2857/// reference to local temporary. The recursion is used to traverse the
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00002858/// AST of the return expression, with recursion backtracking when we
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002859/// encounter a subexpression that (1) clearly does not lead to one of the
2860/// above problematic expressions (2) is something we cannot determine leads to
2861/// a problematic expression based on such local checking.
2862///
2863/// Both EvalAddr and EvalVal follow through reference variables to evaluate
2864/// the expression that they point to. Such variables are added to the
2865/// 'refVars' vector so that we know what the reference variable "trail" was.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00002866///
Ted Kremeneke8c600f2007-08-28 17:02:55 +00002867/// EvalAddr processes expressions that are pointers that are used as
2868/// references (and not L-values). EvalVal handles all other values.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002869/// At the base case of the recursion is a check for the above problematic
2870/// expressions.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00002871///
2872/// This implementation handles:
2873///
2874/// * pointer-to-pointer casts
2875/// * implicit conversions from array references to pointers
2876/// * taking the address of fields
2877/// * arbitrary interplay between "&" and "*" operators
2878/// * pointer arithmetic from an address of a stack variable
2879/// * taking the address of an array element where the array is on the stack
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002880static Expr *EvalAddr(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002881 if (E->isTypeDependent())
2882 return NULL;
2883
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00002884 // We should only be called for evaluating pointer expressions.
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002885 assert((E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002886 E->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00002887 E->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00002888 "EvalAddr only works on pointers");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002889
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00002890 E = E->IgnoreParens();
2891
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00002892 // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
2893 // viewed AST node. We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
2894 // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
2895 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002896 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
2897 DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
2898
2899 if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
2900 // If this is a reference variable, follow through to the expression that
2901 // it points to.
2902 if (V->hasLocalStorage() &&
2903 V->getType()->isReferenceType() && V->hasInit()) {
2904 // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
2905 refVars.push_back(DR);
2906 return EvalAddr(V->getInit(), refVars);
2907 }
2908
2909 return NULL;
2910 }
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00002911
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00002912 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
2913 // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
2914 // is AddrOf. All others don't make sense as pointers.
2915 UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002916
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002917 if (U->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002918 return EvalVal(U->getSubExpr(), refVars);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00002919 else
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00002920 return NULL;
2921 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002922
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00002923 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
2924 // Handle pointer arithmetic. All other binary operators are not valid
2925 // in this context.
2926 BinaryOperator *B = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002927 BinaryOperatorKind op = B->getOpcode();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002928
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002929 if (op != BO_Add && op != BO_Sub)
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00002930 return NULL;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002931
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00002932 Expr *Base = B->getLHS();
2933
2934 // Determine which argument is the real pointer base. It could be
2935 // the RHS argument instead of the LHS.
2936 if (!Base->getType()->isPointerType()) Base = B->getRHS();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002937
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00002938 assert (Base->getType()->isPointerType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002939 return EvalAddr(Base, refVars);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00002940 }
Steve Naroff61f40a22008-09-10 19:17:48 +00002941
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00002942 // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
2943 // valid DeclRefExpr*s. If one of them is valid, we return it.
2944 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
2945 ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002946
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00002947 // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
Douglas Gregor9ee5ee82010-10-21 16:21:08 +00002948 if (Expr *lhsExpr = C->getLHS()) {
2949 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
2950 if (!lhsExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002951 if (Expr* LHS = EvalAddr(lhsExpr, refVars))
Douglas Gregor9ee5ee82010-10-21 16:21:08 +00002952 return LHS;
2953 }
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00002954
Douglas Gregor9ee5ee82010-10-21 16:21:08 +00002955 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
2956 if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
2957 return NULL;
2958
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002959 return EvalAddr(C->getRHS(), refVars);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00002960 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002961
2962 case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
John McCall469a1eb2011-02-02 13:00:07 +00002963 if (cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002964 return E; // local block.
2965 return NULL;
2966
2967 case Stmt::AddrLabelExprClass:
2968 return E; // address of label.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002969
John McCall80ee6e82011-11-10 05:35:25 +00002970 case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
2971 return EvalAddr(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars);
2972
Ted Kremenek54b52742008-08-07 00:49:01 +00002973 // For casts, we need to handle conversions from arrays to
2974 // pointer values, and pointer-to-pointer conversions.
Douglas Gregor49badde2008-10-27 19:41:14 +00002975 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Douglas Gregor6eec8e82008-10-28 15:36:24 +00002976 case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002977 case Stmt::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass:
2978 case Stmt::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass: {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0835a3c2008-08-18 23:01:59 +00002979 Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
Ted Kremenek54b52742008-08-07 00:49:01 +00002980 QualType T = SubExpr->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002981
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002982 if (SubExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
2983 SubExpr->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
2984 SubExpr->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002985 return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars);
Ted Kremenek54b52742008-08-07 00:49:01 +00002986 else if (T->isArrayType())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00002987 return EvalVal(SubExpr, refVars);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00002988 else
Ted Kremenek54b52742008-08-07 00:49:01 +00002989 return 0;
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00002990 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002991
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00002992 // C++ casts. For dynamic casts, static casts, and const casts, we
2993 // are always converting from a pointer-to-pointer, so we just blow
Douglas Gregor49badde2008-10-27 19:41:14 +00002994 // through the cast. In the case the dynamic cast doesn't fail (and
2995 // return NULL), we take the conservative route and report cases
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00002996 // where we return the address of a stack variable. For Reinterpre
Douglas Gregor49badde2008-10-27 19:41:14 +00002997 // FIXME: The comment about is wrong; we're not always converting
2998 // from pointer to pointer. I'm guessing that this code should also
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002999 // handle references to objects.
3000 case Stmt::CXXStaticCastExprClass:
3001 case Stmt::CXXDynamicCastExprClass:
Douglas Gregor49badde2008-10-27 19:41:14 +00003002 case Stmt::CXXConstCastExprClass:
3003 case Stmt::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: {
3004 Expr *S = cast<CXXNamedCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003005 if (S->getType()->isPointerType() || S->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003006 return EvalAddr(S, refVars);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003007 else
3008 return NULL;
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003009 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003010
Douglas Gregor03e80032011-06-21 17:03:29 +00003011 case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
3012 if (Expr *Result = EvalAddr(
3013 cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
3014 refVars))
3015 return Result;
3016
3017 return E;
3018
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003019 // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
3020 default:
3021 return NULL;
3022 }
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003023}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003024
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003025
3026/// EvalVal - This function is complements EvalAddr in the mutual recursion.
3027/// See the comments for EvalAddr for more details.
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003028static Expr *EvalVal(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars) {
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003029do {
Ted Kremeneke8c600f2007-08-28 17:02:55 +00003030 // We should only be called for evaluating non-pointer expressions, or
3031 // expressions with a pointer type that are not used as references but instead
3032 // are l-values (e.g., DeclRefExpr with a pointer type).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003033
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003034 // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
3035 // viewed AST node. We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
3036 // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00003037
3038 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003039 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003040 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
3041 ImplicitCastExpr *IE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
John McCall5baba9d2010-08-25 10:28:54 +00003042 if (IE->getValueKind() == VK_LValue) {
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003043 E = IE->getSubExpr();
3044 continue;
3045 }
3046 return NULL;
3047 }
3048
John McCall80ee6e82011-11-10 05:35:25 +00003049 case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
3050 return EvalVal(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars);
3051
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00003052 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003053 // When we hit a DeclRefExpr we are looking at code that refers to a
3054 // variable's name. If it's not a reference variable we check if it has
3055 // local storage within the function, and if so, return the expression.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003056 DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003057
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003058 if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003059 if (V->hasLocalStorage()) {
3060 if (!V->getType()->isReferenceType())
3061 return DR;
3062
3063 // Reference variable, follow through to the expression that
3064 // it points to.
3065 if (V->hasInit()) {
3066 // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
3067 refVars.push_back(DR);
3068 return EvalVal(V->getInit(), refVars);
3069 }
3070 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003071
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003072 return NULL;
3073 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003074
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003075 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3076 // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
3077 // is Deref. All others don't resolve to a "name." This includes
3078 // handling all sorts of rvalues passed to a unary operator.
3079 UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003080
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003081 if (U->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003082 return EvalAddr(U->getSubExpr(), refVars);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003083
3084 return NULL;
3085 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003086
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003087 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
3088 // Array subscripts are potential references to data on the stack. We
3089 // retrieve the DeclRefExpr* for the array variable if it indeed
3090 // has local storage.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003091 return EvalAddr(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase(), refVars);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003092 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003093
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003094 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
3095 // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003096 // non-NULL Expr's. If one is non-NULL, we return it.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003097 ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
3098
Anders Carlsson39073232007-11-30 19:04:31 +00003099 // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
3100 if (Expr *lhsExpr = C->getLHS())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003101 if (Expr *LHS = EvalVal(lhsExpr, refVars))
Anders Carlsson39073232007-11-30 19:04:31 +00003102 return LHS;
3103
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003104 return EvalVal(C->getRHS(), refVars);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003105 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003106
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003107 // Accesses to members are potential references to data on the stack.
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00003108 case Stmt::MemberExprClass: {
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003109 MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003110
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003111 // Check for indirect access. We only want direct field accesses.
Ted Kremeneka423e812010-09-02 01:12:13 +00003112 if (M->isArrow())
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003113 return NULL;
Ted Kremeneka423e812010-09-02 01:12:13 +00003114
3115 // Check whether the member type is itself a reference, in which case
3116 // we're not going to refer to the member, but to what the member refers to.
3117 if (M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
3118 return NULL;
3119
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003120 return EvalVal(M->getBase(), refVars);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003121 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003122
Douglas Gregor03e80032011-06-21 17:03:29 +00003123 case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
3124 if (Expr *Result = EvalVal(
3125 cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
3126 refVars))
3127 return Result;
3128
3129 return E;
3130
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003131 default:
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003132 // Check that we don't return or take the address of a reference to a
3133 // temporary. This is only useful in C++.
3134 if (!E->isTypeDependent() && E->isRValue())
3135 return E;
3136
3137 // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003138 return NULL;
3139 }
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003140} while (true);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003141}
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003142
3143//===--- CHECK: Floating-Point comparisons (-Wfloat-equal) ---------------===//
3144
3145/// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3146/// Issue a warning if these are no self-comparisons, as they are not likely
3147/// to do what the programmer intended.
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003148void Sema::CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003149 bool EmitWarning = true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003150
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003151 Expr* LeftExprSansParen = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
3152 Expr* RightExprSansParen = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003153
3154 // Special case: check for x == x (which is OK).
3155 // Do not emit warnings for such cases.
3156 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
3157 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
3158 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
3159 EmitWarning = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003160
3161
Ted Kremenek1b500bb2007-11-29 00:59:04 +00003162 // Special case: check for comparisons against literals that can be exactly
3163 // represented by APFloat. In such cases, do not emit a warning. This
3164 // is a heuristic: often comparison against such literals are used to
3165 // detect if a value in a variable has not changed. This clearly can
3166 // lead to false negatives.
3167 if (EmitWarning) {
3168 if (FloatingLiteral* FLL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(LeftExprSansParen)) {
3169 if (FLL->isExact())
3170 EmitWarning = false;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00003171 } else
Ted Kremenek1b500bb2007-11-29 00:59:04 +00003172 if (FloatingLiteral* FLR = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(RightExprSansParen)){
3173 if (FLR->isExact())
3174 EmitWarning = false;
3175 }
3176 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003177
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003178 // Check for comparisons with builtin types.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003179 if (EmitWarning)
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003180 if (CallExpr* CL = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
Richard Smith180f4792011-11-10 06:34:14 +00003181 if (CL->isBuiltinCall())
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003182 EmitWarning = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003183
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003184 if (EmitWarning)
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003185 if (CallExpr* CR = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
Richard Smith180f4792011-11-10 06:34:14 +00003186 if (CR->isBuiltinCall())
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003187 EmitWarning = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003188
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003189 // Emit the diagnostic.
3190 if (EmitWarning)
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003191 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_floatingpoint_eq)
3192 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003193}
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003194
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003195//===--- CHECK: Integer mixed-sign comparisons (-Wsign-compare) --------===//
3196//===--- CHECK: Lossy implicit conversions (-Wconversion) --------------===//
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003197
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003198namespace {
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003199
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003200/// Structure recording the 'active' range of an integer-valued
3201/// expression.
3202struct IntRange {
3203 /// The number of bits active in the int.
3204 unsigned Width;
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003205
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003206 /// True if the int is known not to have negative values.
3207 bool NonNegative;
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003208
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003209 IntRange(unsigned Width, bool NonNegative)
3210 : Width(Width), NonNegative(NonNegative)
3211 {}
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003212
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003213 /// Returns the range of the bool type.
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003214 static IntRange forBoolType() {
3215 return IntRange(1, true);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003216 }
3217
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003218 /// Returns the range of an opaque value of the given integral type.
3219 static IntRange forValueOfType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) {
3220 return forValueOfCanonicalType(C,
3221 T->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr());
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003222 }
3223
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003224 /// Returns the range of an opaque value of a canonical integral type.
3225 static IntRange forValueOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003226 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
3227
3228 if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
3229 T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
3230 if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
3231 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003232
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00003233 // For enum types, use the known bit width of the enumerators.
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003234 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) {
3235 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
John McCall5e1cdac2011-10-07 06:10:15 +00003236 if (!Enum->isCompleteDefinition())
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00003237 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), false);
3238
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003239 unsigned NumPositive = Enum->getNumPositiveBits();
3240 unsigned NumNegative = Enum->getNumNegativeBits();
3241
3242 return IntRange(std::max(NumPositive, NumNegative), NumNegative == 0);
3243 }
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003244
3245 const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
3246 assert(BT->isInteger());
3247
3248 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
3249 }
3250
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003251 /// Returns the "target" range of a canonical integral type, i.e.
3252 /// the range of values expressible in the type.
3253 ///
3254 /// This matches forValueOfCanonicalType except that enums have the
3255 /// full range of their type, not the range of their enumerators.
3256 static IntRange forTargetOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
3257 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
3258
3259 if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
3260 T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
3261 if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
3262 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
3263 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Douglas Gregor69ff26b2011-09-08 23:29:05 +00003264 T = C.getCanonicalType(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()).getTypePtr();
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003265
3266 const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
3267 assert(BT->isInteger());
3268
3269 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
3270 }
3271
3272 /// Returns the supremum of two ranges: i.e. their conservative merge.
John McCallc0cd21d2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00003273 static IntRange join(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003274 return IntRange(std::max(L.Width, R.Width),
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003275 L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
3276 }
3277
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003278 /// Returns the infinum of two ranges: i.e. their aggressive merge.
John McCallc0cd21d2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00003279 static IntRange meet(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003280 return IntRange(std::min(L.Width, R.Width),
3281 L.NonNegative || R.NonNegative);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003282 }
3283};
3284
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003285static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, llvm::APSInt &value,
3286 unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003287 if (value.isSigned() && value.isNegative())
3288 return IntRange(value.getMinSignedBits(), false);
3289
3290 if (value.getBitWidth() > MaxWidth)
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00003291 value = value.trunc(MaxWidth);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003292
3293 // isNonNegative() just checks the sign bit without considering
3294 // signedness.
3295 return IntRange(value.getActiveBits(), true);
3296}
3297
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003298static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, APValue &result, QualType Ty,
3299 unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003300 if (result.isInt())
3301 return GetValueRange(C, result.getInt(), MaxWidth);
3302
3303 if (result.isVector()) {
John McCall0acc3112010-01-06 22:57:21 +00003304 IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(0), Ty, MaxWidth);
3305 for (unsigned i = 1, e = result.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) {
3306 IntRange El = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(i), Ty, MaxWidth);
3307 R = IntRange::join(R, El);
3308 }
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003309 return R;
3310 }
3311
3312 if (result.isComplexInt()) {
3313 IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntReal(), MaxWidth);
3314 IntRange I = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntImag(), MaxWidth);
3315 return IntRange::join(R, I);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003316 }
3317
3318 // This can happen with lossless casts to intptr_t of "based" lvalues.
3319 // Assume it might use arbitrary bits.
John McCall0acc3112010-01-06 22:57:21 +00003320 // FIXME: The only reason we need to pass the type in here is to get
3321 // the sign right on this one case. It would be nice if APValue
3322 // preserved this.
Eli Friedman65639282012-01-04 23:13:47 +00003323 assert(result.isLValue() || result.isAddrLabelDiff());
Douglas Gregor5e9ebb32011-05-21 16:28:01 +00003324 return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003325}
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003326
3327/// Pseudo-evaluate the given integer expression, estimating the
3328/// range of values it might take.
3329///
3330/// \param MaxWidth - the width to which the value will be truncated
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003331static IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E, unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003332 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3333
3334 // Try a full evaluation first.
3335 Expr::EvalResult result;
Richard Smith51f47082011-10-29 00:50:52 +00003336 if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, C))
John McCall0acc3112010-01-06 22:57:21 +00003337 return GetValueRange(C, result.Val, E->getType(), MaxWidth);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003338
3339 // I think we only want to look through implicit casts here; if the
3340 // user has an explicit widening cast, we should treat the value as
3341 // being of the new, wider type.
3342 if (ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
Eli Friedmanb17ee5b2011-12-15 02:41:52 +00003343 if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp || CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003344 return GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
3345
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003346 IntRange OutputTypeRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, CE->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003347
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003348 bool isIntegerCast = (CE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast);
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003349
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003350 // Assume that non-integer casts can span the full range of the type.
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003351 if (!isIntegerCast)
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003352 return OutputTypeRange;
3353
3354 IntRange SubRange
3355 = GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(),
3356 std::min(MaxWidth, OutputTypeRange.Width));
3357
3358 // Bail out if the subexpr's range is as wide as the cast type.
3359 if (SubRange.Width >= OutputTypeRange.Width)
3360 return OutputTypeRange;
3361
3362 // Otherwise, we take the smaller width, and we're non-negative if
3363 // either the output type or the subexpr is.
3364 return IntRange(SubRange.Width,
3365 SubRange.NonNegative || OutputTypeRange.NonNegative);
3366 }
3367
3368 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
3369 // If we can fold the condition, just take that operand.
3370 bool CondResult;
3371 if (CO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(CondResult, C))
3372 return GetExprRange(C, CondResult ? CO->getTrueExpr()
3373 : CO->getFalseExpr(),
3374 MaxWidth);
3375
3376 // Otherwise, conservatively merge.
3377 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, CO->getTrueExpr(), MaxWidth);
3378 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, CO->getFalseExpr(), MaxWidth);
3379 return IntRange::join(L, R);
3380 }
3381
3382 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
3383 switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
3384
3385 // Boolean-valued operations are single-bit and positive.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003386 case BO_LAnd:
3387 case BO_LOr:
3388 case BO_LT:
3389 case BO_GT:
3390 case BO_LE:
3391 case BO_GE:
3392 case BO_EQ:
3393 case BO_NE:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003394 return IntRange::forBoolType();
3395
John McCall862ff872011-07-13 06:35:24 +00003396 // The type of the assignments is the type of the LHS, so the RHS
3397 // is not necessarily the same type.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003398 case BO_MulAssign:
3399 case BO_DivAssign:
3400 case BO_RemAssign:
3401 case BO_AddAssign:
3402 case BO_SubAssign:
John McCall862ff872011-07-13 06:35:24 +00003403 case BO_XorAssign:
3404 case BO_OrAssign:
3405 // TODO: bitfields?
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003406 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallc0cd21d2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00003407
John McCall862ff872011-07-13 06:35:24 +00003408 // Simple assignments just pass through the RHS, which will have
3409 // been coerced to the LHS type.
3410 case BO_Assign:
3411 // TODO: bitfields?
3412 return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
3413
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003414 // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003415 case BO_PtrMemD:
3416 case BO_PtrMemI:
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003417 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003418
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003419 // Bitwise-and uses the *infinum* of the two source ranges.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003420 case BO_And:
3421 case BO_AndAssign:
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003422 return IntRange::meet(GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth),
3423 GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth));
3424
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003425 // Left shift gets black-listed based on a judgement call.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003426 case BO_Shl:
John McCall3aae6092010-04-07 01:14:35 +00003427 // ...except that we want to treat '1 << (blah)' as logically
3428 // positive. It's an important idiom.
3429 if (IntegerLiteral *I
3430 = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
3431 if (I->getValue() == 1) {
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003432 IntRange R = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCall3aae6092010-04-07 01:14:35 +00003433 return IntRange(R.Width, /*NonNegative*/ true);
3434 }
3435 }
3436 // fallthrough
3437
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003438 case BO_ShlAssign:
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003439 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003440
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003441 // Right shift by a constant can narrow its left argument.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003442 case BO_Shr:
3443 case BO_ShrAssign: {
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003444 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
3445
3446 // If the shift amount is a positive constant, drop the width by
3447 // that much.
3448 llvm::APSInt shift;
3449 if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(shift, C) &&
3450 shift.isNonNegative()) {
3451 unsigned zext = shift.getZExtValue();
3452 if (zext >= L.Width)
3453 L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
3454 else
3455 L.Width -= zext;
3456 }
3457
3458 return L;
3459 }
3460
3461 // Comma acts as its right operand.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003462 case BO_Comma:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003463 return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
3464
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003465 // Black-list pointer subtractions.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003466 case BO_Sub:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003467 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType())
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003468 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCall00fe7612011-07-14 22:39:48 +00003469 break;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00003470
John McCall00fe7612011-07-14 22:39:48 +00003471 // The width of a division result is mostly determined by the size
3472 // of the LHS.
3473 case BO_Div: {
3474 // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
3475 unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(E->getType());
3476 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
3477
3478 // If the divisor is constant, use that.
3479 llvm::APSInt divisor;
3480 if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(divisor, C)) {
3481 unsigned log2 = divisor.logBase2(); // floor(log_2(divisor))
3482 if (log2 >= L.Width)
3483 L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
3484 else
3485 L.Width = std::min(L.Width - log2, MaxWidth);
3486 return L;
3487 }
3488
3489 // Otherwise, just use the LHS's width.
3490 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
3491 return IntRange(L.Width, L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
3492 }
3493
3494 // The result of a remainder can't be larger than the result of
3495 // either side.
3496 case BO_Rem: {
3497 // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
3498 unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(E->getType());
3499 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
3500 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
3501
3502 IntRange meet = IntRange::meet(L, R);
3503 meet.Width = std::min(meet.Width, MaxWidth);
3504 return meet;
3505 }
3506
3507 // The default behavior is okay for these.
3508 case BO_Mul:
3509 case BO_Add:
3510 case BO_Xor:
3511 case BO_Or:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003512 break;
3513 }
3514
John McCall00fe7612011-07-14 22:39:48 +00003515 // The default case is to treat the operation as if it were closed
3516 // on the narrowest type that encompasses both operands.
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003517 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
3518 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
3519 return IntRange::join(L, R);
3520 }
3521
3522 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
3523 switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
3524 // Boolean-valued operations are white-listed.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003525 case UO_LNot:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003526 return IntRange::forBoolType();
3527
3528 // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003529 case UO_Deref:
3530 case UO_AddrOf: // should be impossible
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003531 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003532
3533 default:
3534 return GetExprRange(C, UO->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
3535 }
3536 }
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +00003537
3538 if (dyn_cast<OffsetOfExpr>(E)) {
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003539 IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +00003540 }
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003541
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00003542 if (FieldDecl *BitField = E->getBitField())
3543 return IntRange(BitField->getBitWidthValue(C),
Douglas Gregor5e9ebb32011-05-21 16:28:01 +00003544 BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003545
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003546 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003547}
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003548
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003549static IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003550 return GetExprRange(C, E, C.getIntWidth(E->getType()));
3551}
3552
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003553/// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
3554/// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
3555/// target semantics.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003556static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const llvm::APFloat &value,
3557 const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
3558 const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003559 llvm::APFloat truncated = value;
3560
3561 bool ignored;
3562 truncated.convert(Src, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
3563 truncated.convert(Tgt, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
3564
3565 return truncated.bitwiseIsEqual(value);
3566}
3567
3568/// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
3569/// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
3570/// target semantics.
3571///
3572/// The value might be a vector of floats (or a complex number).
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003573static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const APValue &value,
3574 const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
3575 const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003576 if (value.isFloat())
3577 return IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getFloat(), Src, Tgt);
3578
3579 if (value.isVector()) {
3580 for (unsigned i = 0, e = value.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i)
3581 if (!IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getVectorElt(i), Src, Tgt))
3582 return false;
3583 return true;
3584 }
3585
3586 assert(value.isComplexFloat());
3587 return (IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatReal(), Src, Tgt) &&
3588 IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatImag(), Src, Tgt));
3589}
3590
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003591static void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003592
Ted Kremeneke3b159c2010-09-23 21:43:44 +00003593static bool IsZero(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
3594 // Suppress cases where we are comparing against an enum constant.
3595 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR =
3596 dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
3597 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
3598 return false;
3599
3600 // Suppress cases where the '0' value is expanded from a macro.
3601 if (E->getLocStart().isMacroID())
3602 return false;
3603
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003604 llvm::APSInt Value;
3605 return E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context) && Value == 0;
3606}
3607
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00003608static bool HasEnumType(Expr *E) {
3609 // Strip off implicit integral promotions.
3610 while (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis63b57ae2010-10-07 21:52:18 +00003611 if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast &&
3612 ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00003613 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis63b57ae2010-10-07 21:52:18 +00003614 E = ICE->getSubExpr();
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00003615 }
3616
3617 return E->getType()->isEnumeralType();
3618}
3619
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003620static void CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003621 BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
Douglas Gregor14af91a2010-12-21 07:22:56 +00003622 if (E->isValueDependent())
3623 return;
3624
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003625 if (op == BO_LT && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003626 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00003627 << "< 0" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003628 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003629 } else if (op == BO_GE && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003630 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00003631 << ">= 0" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003632 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003633 } else if (op == BO_GT && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003634 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00003635 << "0 >" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003636 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003637 } else if (op == BO_LE && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003638 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00003639 << "0 <=" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003640 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
3641 }
3642}
3643
3644/// Analyze the operands of the given comparison. Implements the
3645/// fallback case from AnalyzeComparison.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003646static void AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00003647 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
3648 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003649}
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003650
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003651/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
3652///
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003653/// \param E the binary operator to check for warnings
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003654static void AnalyzeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003655 // The type the comparison is being performed in.
3656 QualType T = E->getLHS()->getType();
3657 assert(S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, E->getRHS()->getType())
3658 && "comparison with mismatched types");
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003659
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003660 // We don't do anything special if this isn't an unsigned integral
3661 // comparison: we're only interested in integral comparisons, and
3662 // signed comparisons only happen in cases we don't care to warn about.
Douglas Gregor3e026e32011-02-19 22:34:59 +00003663 //
3664 // We also don't care about value-dependent expressions or expressions
3665 // whose result is a constant.
3666 if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation()
3667 || E->isValueDependent() || E->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context))
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003668 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003669
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003670 Expr *LHS = E->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
3671 Expr *RHS = E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003672
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003673 // Check to see if one of the (unmodified) operands is of different
3674 // signedness.
3675 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003676 if (LHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
3677 assert(!RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() &&
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003678 "unsigned comparison between two signed integer expressions?");
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003679 signedOperand = LHS;
3680 unsignedOperand = RHS;
3681 } else if (RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
3682 signedOperand = RHS;
3683 unsignedOperand = LHS;
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003684 } else {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003685 CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
3686 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003687 }
3688
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003689 // Otherwise, calculate the effective range of the signed operand.
3690 IntRange signedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, signedOperand);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003691
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003692 // Go ahead and analyze implicit conversions in the operands. Note
3693 // that we skip the implicit conversions on both sides.
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003694 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, LHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
3695 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, RHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003696
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003697 // If the signed range is non-negative, -Wsign-compare won't fire,
3698 // but we should still check for comparisons which are always true
3699 // or false.
3700 if (signedRange.NonNegative)
3701 return CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003702
3703 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
3704 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
3705 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
3706 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003707 if (E->isEqualityOp()) {
3708 unsigned comparisonWidth = S.Context.getIntWidth(T);
3709 IntRange unsignedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, unsignedOperand);
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003710
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003711 // We should never be unable to prove that the unsigned operand is
3712 // non-negative.
3713 assert(unsignedRange.NonNegative && "unsigned range includes negative?");
3714
3715 if (unsignedRange.Width < comparisonWidth)
3716 return;
3717 }
3718
3719 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison)
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003720 << LHS->getType() << RHS->getType()
3721 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003722}
3723
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00003724/// Analyzes an attempt to assign the given value to a bitfield.
3725///
3726/// Returns true if there was something fishy about the attempt.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003727static bool AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(Sema &S, FieldDecl *Bitfield, Expr *Init,
3728 SourceLocation InitLoc) {
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00003729 assert(Bitfield->isBitField());
3730 if (Bitfield->isInvalidDecl())
3731 return false;
3732
John McCall91b60142010-11-11 05:33:51 +00003733 // White-list bool bitfields.
3734 if (Bitfield->getType()->isBooleanType())
3735 return false;
3736
Douglas Gregor46ff3032011-02-04 13:09:01 +00003737 // Ignore value- or type-dependent expressions.
3738 if (Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isValueDependent() ||
3739 Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isTypeDependent() ||
3740 Init->isValueDependent() ||
3741 Init->isTypeDependent())
3742 return false;
3743
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00003744 Expr *OriginalInit = Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
3745
Richard Smith80d4b552011-12-28 19:48:30 +00003746 llvm::APSInt Value;
3747 if (!OriginalInit->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00003748 return false;
3749
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00003750 unsigned OriginalWidth = Value.getBitWidth();
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00003751 unsigned FieldWidth = Bitfield->getBitWidthValue(S.Context);
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00003752
3753 if (OriginalWidth <= FieldWidth)
3754 return false;
3755
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00003756 // Compute the value which the bitfield will contain.
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00003757 llvm::APSInt TruncatedValue = Value.trunc(FieldWidth);
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00003758 TruncatedValue.setIsSigned(Bitfield->getType()->isSignedIntegerType());
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00003759
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00003760 // Check whether the stored value is equal to the original value.
3761 TruncatedValue = TruncatedValue.extend(OriginalWidth);
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00003762 if (Value == TruncatedValue)
3763 return false;
3764
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00003765 // Special-case bitfields of width 1: booleans are naturally 0/1, and
Eli Friedman34ff0622012-02-02 00:40:20 +00003766 // therefore don't strictly fit into a signed bitfield of width 1.
3767 if (FieldWidth == 1 && Value == 1)
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00003768 return false;
3769
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00003770 std::string PrettyValue = Value.toString(10);
3771 std::string PrettyTrunc = TruncatedValue.toString(10);
3772
3773 S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_impcast_bitfield_precision_constant)
3774 << PrettyValue << PrettyTrunc << OriginalInit->getType()
3775 << Init->getSourceRange();
3776
3777 return true;
3778}
3779
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00003780/// Analyze the given simple or compound assignment for warning-worthy
3781/// operations.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003782static void AnalyzeAssignment(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00003783 // Just recurse on the LHS.
3784 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
3785
3786 // We want to recurse on the RHS as normal unless we're assigning to
3787 // a bitfield.
3788 if (FieldDecl *Bitfield = E->getLHS()->getBitField()) {
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00003789 if (AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(S, Bitfield, E->getRHS(),
3790 E->getOperatorLoc())) {
3791 // Recurse, ignoring any implicit conversions on the RHS.
3792 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
3793 E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00003794 }
3795 }
3796
3797 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
3798}
3799
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003800/// Diagnose an implicit cast; purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003801static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType SourceType, QualType T,
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003802 SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
3803 bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
3804 if (pruneControlFlow) {
3805 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
3806 S.PDiag(diag)
3807 << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange()
3808 << SourceRange(CContext));
3809 return;
3810 }
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00003811 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag)
3812 << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
3813}
3814
Chandler Carruthe1b02e02011-04-05 06:47:57 +00003815/// Diagnose an implicit cast; purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003816static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003817 SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
3818 bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
3819 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, E->getType(), T, CContext, diag, pruneControlFlow);
Chandler Carruthe1b02e02011-04-05 06:47:57 +00003820}
3821
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00003822/// Diagnose an implicit cast from a literal expression. Does not warn when the
3823/// cast wouldn't lose information.
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00003824void DiagnoseFloatingLiteralImpCast(Sema &S, FloatingLiteral *FL, QualType T,
3825 SourceLocation CContext) {
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00003826 // Try to convert the literal exactly to an integer. If we can, don't warn.
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00003827 bool isExact = false;
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00003828 const llvm::APFloat &Value = FL->getValue();
Jeffrey Yasskin3e1ef782011-07-15 17:03:07 +00003829 llvm::APSInt IntegerValue(S.Context.getIntWidth(T),
3830 T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation());
3831 if (Value.convertToInteger(IntegerValue,
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00003832 llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &isExact)
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00003833 == llvm::APFloat::opOK && isExact)
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00003834 return;
3835
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00003836 S.Diag(FL->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer)
3837 << FL->getType() << T << FL->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00003838}
3839
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00003840std::string PrettyPrintInRange(const llvm::APSInt &Value, IntRange Range) {
3841 if (!Range.Width) return "0";
3842
3843 llvm::APSInt ValueInRange = Value;
3844 ValueInRange.setIsSigned(!Range.NonNegative);
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00003845 ValueInRange = ValueInRange.trunc(Range.Width);
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00003846 return ValueInRange.toString(10);
3847}
3848
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003849void CheckImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00003850 SourceLocation CC, bool *ICContext = 0) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003851 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return;
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003852
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003853 const Type *Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).getTypePtr();
3854 const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).getTypePtr();
3855 if (Source == Target) return;
3856 if (Target->isDependentType()) return;
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003857
Chandler Carruth108f7562011-07-26 05:40:03 +00003858 // If the conversion context location is invalid don't complain. We also
3859 // don't want to emit a warning if the issue occurs from the expansion of
3860 // a system macro. The problem is that 'getSpellingLoc()' is slow, so we
3861 // delay this check as long as possible. Once we detect we are in that
3862 // scenario, we just return.
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00003863 if (CC.isInvalid())
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00003864 return;
3865
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00003866 // Diagnose implicit casts to bool.
3867 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) {
3868 if (isa<StringLiteral>(E))
3869 // Warn on string literal to bool. Checks for string literals in logical
3870 // expressions, for instances, assert(0 && "error here"), is prevented
3871 // by a check in AnalyzeImplicitConversions().
3872 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
3873 diag::warn_impcast_string_literal_to_bool);
Lang Hamese14ca9f2011-12-05 20:49:50 +00003874 if (Source->isFunctionType()) {
3875 // Warn on function to bool. Checks free functions and static member
3876 // functions. Weakly imported functions are excluded from the check,
3877 // since it's common to test their value to check whether the linker
3878 // found a definition for them.
3879 ValueDecl *D = 0;
3880 if (DeclRefExpr* R = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3881 D = R->getDecl();
3882 } else if (MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
3883 D = M->getMemberDecl();
3884 }
3885
3886 if (D && !D->isWeak()) {
Richard Trieu26b45d82011-12-06 04:48:01 +00003887 if (FunctionDecl* F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
3888 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_function_to_bool)
3889 << F << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CC);
David Blaikie2def7732011-12-09 21:42:37 +00003890 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_bool_silence)
3891 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getExprLoc(), "&");
3892 QualType ReturnType;
3893 UnresolvedSet<4> NonTemplateOverloads;
3894 S.isExprCallable(*E, ReturnType, NonTemplateOverloads);
3895 if (!ReturnType.isNull()
3896 && ReturnType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
3897 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_bool_call)
3898 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
3899 S.getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()), "()");
Richard Trieu26b45d82011-12-06 04:48:01 +00003900 return;
3901 }
Lang Hamese14ca9f2011-12-05 20:49:50 +00003902 }
3903 }
David Blaikiee37cdc42011-09-29 04:06:47 +00003904 return; // Other casts to bool are not checked.
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00003905 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003906
3907 // Strip vector types.
3908 if (isa<VectorType>(Source)) {
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00003909 if (!isa<VectorType>(Target)) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00003910 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00003911 return;
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00003912 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_vector_scalar);
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00003913 }
Chris Lattnerb792b302011-06-14 04:51:15 +00003914
3915 // If the vector cast is cast between two vectors of the same size, it is
3916 // a bitcast, not a conversion.
3917 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(Source) == S.Context.getTypeSize(Target))
3918 return;
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003919
3920 Source = cast<VectorType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
3921 Target = cast<VectorType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
3922 }
3923
3924 // Strip complex types.
3925 if (isa<ComplexType>(Source)) {
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00003926 if (!isa<ComplexType>(Target)) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00003927 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00003928 return;
3929
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00003930 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_complex_scalar);
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00003931 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003932
3933 Source = cast<ComplexType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
3934 Target = cast<ComplexType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
3935 }
3936
3937 const BuiltinType *SourceBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Source);
3938 const BuiltinType *TargetBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Target);
3939
3940 // If the source is floating point...
3941 if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
3942 // ...and the target is floating point...
3943 if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
3944 // ...then warn if we're dropping FP rank.
3945
3946 // Builtin FP kinds are ordered by increasing FP rank.
3947 if (SourceBT->getKind() > TargetBT->getKind()) {
3948 // Don't warn about float constants that are precisely
3949 // representable in the target type.
3950 Expr::EvalResult result;
Richard Smith51f47082011-10-29 00:50:52 +00003951 if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, S.Context)) {
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003952 // Value might be a float, a float vector, or a float complex.
3953 if (IsSameFloatAfterCast(result.Val,
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003954 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)),
3955 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(SourceBT, 0))))
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003956 return;
3957 }
3958
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00003959 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00003960 return;
3961
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00003962 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_precision);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003963 }
3964 return;
3965 }
3966
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00003967 // If the target is integral, always warn.
Chandler Carrutha5b93322011-02-17 11:05:49 +00003968 if ((TargetBT && TargetBT->isInteger())) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00003969 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00003970 return;
3971
Chandler Carrutha5b93322011-02-17 11:05:49 +00003972 Expr *InnerE = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Matt Beaumont-Gay634c8af2011-09-08 22:30:47 +00003973 // We also want to warn on, e.g., "int i = -1.234"
3974 if (UnaryOperator *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(InnerE))
3975 if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Plus)
3976 InnerE = UOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
3977
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00003978 if (FloatingLiteral *FL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(InnerE)) {
3979 DiagnoseFloatingLiteralImpCast(S, FL, T, CC);
Chandler Carrutha5b93322011-02-17 11:05:49 +00003980 } else {
3981 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_integer);
3982 }
3983 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003984
3985 return;
3986 }
3987
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003988 if (!Source->isIntegerType() || !Target->isIntegerType())
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003989 return;
3990
Richard Trieu1838ca52011-05-29 19:59:02 +00003991 if ((E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)
3992 == Expr::NPCK_GNUNull) && Target->isIntegerType()) {
3993 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer)
3994 << E->getSourceRange() << clang::SourceRange(CC);
3995 return;
3996 }
3997
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003998 IntRange SourceRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, E);
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003999 IntRange TargetRange = IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(S.Context, Target);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004000
4001 if (SourceRange.Width > TargetRange.Width) {
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004002 // If the source is a constant, use a default-on diagnostic.
4003 // TODO: this should happen for bitfield stores, too.
4004 llvm::APSInt Value(32);
4005 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context)) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004006 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004007 return;
4008
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004009 std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
4010 std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
4011
Ted Kremenek5e745da2011-10-22 02:37:33 +00004012 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
4013 S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
4014 << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
4015 << E->getType() << T << E->getSourceRange()
4016 << clang::SourceRange(CC));
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004017 return;
4018 }
4019
Chris Lattnerb792b302011-06-14 04:51:15 +00004020 // People want to build with -Wshorten-64-to-32 and not -Wconversion.
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004021 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004022 return;
4023
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004024 if (SourceRange.Width == 64 && TargetRange.Width == 32)
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00004025 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_64_32,
4026 /* pruneControlFlow */ true);
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004027 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004028 }
4029
4030 if ((TargetRange.NonNegative && !SourceRange.NonNegative) ||
4031 (!TargetRange.NonNegative && SourceRange.NonNegative &&
4032 SourceRange.Width == TargetRange.Width)) {
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004033
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004034 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004035 return;
4036
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004037 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign;
4038
4039 // Traditionally, gcc has warned about this under -Wsign-compare.
4040 // We also want to warn about it in -Wconversion.
4041 // So if -Wconversion is off, use a completely identical diagnostic
4042 // in the sign-compare group.
4043 // The conditional-checking code will
4044 if (ICContext) {
4045 DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional;
4046 *ICContext = true;
4047 }
4048
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004049 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, DiagID);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004050 }
4051
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004052 // Diagnose conversions between different enumeration types.
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00004053 // In C, we pretend that the type of an EnumConstantDecl is its enumeration
4054 // type, to give us better diagnostics.
4055 QualType SourceType = E->getType();
4056 if (!S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4057 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
4058 if (EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
4059 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
4060 SourceType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
4061 Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(SourceType).getTypePtr();
4062 }
4063 }
4064
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004065 if (const EnumType *SourceEnum = Source->getAs<EnumType>())
4066 if (const EnumType *TargetEnum = Target->getAs<EnumType>())
4067 if ((SourceEnum->getDecl()->getIdentifier() ||
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00004068 SourceEnum->getDecl()->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) &&
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004069 (TargetEnum->getDecl()->getIdentifier() ||
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00004070 TargetEnum->getDecl()->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) &&
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004071 SourceEnum != TargetEnum) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004072 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004073 return;
4074
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00004075 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, SourceType, T, CC,
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004076 diag::warn_impcast_different_enum_types);
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004077 }
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004078
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004079 return;
4080}
4081
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004082void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E, QualType T);
4083
4084void CheckConditionalOperand(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004085 SourceLocation CC, bool &ICContext) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004086 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4087
4088 if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E))
4089 return CheckConditionalOperator(S, cast<ConditionalOperator>(E), T);
4090
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004091 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004092 if (E->getType() != T)
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004093 return CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC, &ICContext);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004094 return;
4095}
4096
4097void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E, QualType T) {
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004098 SourceLocation CC = E->getQuestionLoc();
4099
4100 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getCond(), CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004101
4102 bool Suspicious = false;
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004103 CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getTrueExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
4104 CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getFalseExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004105
4106 // If -Wconversion would have warned about either of the candidates
4107 // for a signedness conversion to the context type...
4108 if (!Suspicious) return;
4109
4110 // ...but it's currently ignored...
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08274082010-12-15 18:44:22 +00004111 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional,
4112 CC))
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004113 return;
4114
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004115 // ...then check whether it would have warned about either of the
4116 // candidates for a signedness conversion to the condition type.
Richard Trieu52541612011-07-21 02:46:28 +00004117 if (E->getType() == T) return;
4118
4119 Suspicious = false;
4120 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getTrueExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
4121 E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
4122 if (!Suspicious)
4123 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getFalseExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004124 E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004125}
4126
4127/// AnalyzeImplicitConversions - Find and report any interesting
4128/// implicit conversions in the given expression. There are a couple
4129/// of competing diagnostics here, -Wconversion and -Wsign-compare.
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004130void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *OrigE, SourceLocation CC) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004131 QualType T = OrigE->getType();
4132 Expr *E = OrigE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4133
Douglas Gregorf8b6e152011-10-10 17:38:18 +00004134 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4135 return;
4136
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004137 // For conditional operators, we analyze the arguments as if they
4138 // were being fed directly into the output.
4139 if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
4140 ConditionalOperator *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
4141 CheckConditionalOperator(S, CO, T);
4142 return;
4143 }
4144
4145 // Go ahead and check any implicit conversions we might have skipped.
4146 // The non-canonical typecheck is just an optimization;
4147 // CheckImplicitConversion will filter out dead implicit conversions.
4148 if (E->getType() != T)
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004149 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004150
4151 // Now continue drilling into this expression.
4152
4153 // Skip past explicit casts.
4154 if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
4155 E = cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004156 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004157 }
4158
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004159 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
4160 // Do a somewhat different check with comparison operators.
4161 if (BO->isComparisonOp())
4162 return AnalyzeComparison(S, BO);
4163
Eli Friedman0fa06382012-01-26 23:34:06 +00004164 // And with simple assignments.
4165 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign)
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004166 return AnalyzeAssignment(S, BO);
4167 }
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004168
4169 // These break the otherwise-useful invariant below. Fortunately,
4170 // we don't really need to recurse into them, because any internal
4171 // expressions should have been analyzed already when they were
4172 // built into statements.
4173 if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) return;
4174
4175 // Don't descend into unevaluated contexts.
Peter Collingbournef4e3cfb2011-03-11 19:24:49 +00004176 if (isa<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) return;
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004177
4178 // Now just recurse over the expression's children.
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004179 CC = E->getExprLoc();
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00004180 BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
4181 bool IsLogicalOperator = BO && BO->isLogicalOp();
4182 for (Stmt::child_range I = E->children(); I; ++I) {
4183 Expr *ChildExpr = cast<Expr>(*I);
4184 if (IsLogicalOperator &&
4185 isa<StringLiteral>(ChildExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
4186 // Ignore checking string literals that are in logical operators.
4187 continue;
4188 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, ChildExpr, CC);
4189 }
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004190}
4191
4192} // end anonymous namespace
4193
4194/// Diagnoses "dangerous" implicit conversions within the given
4195/// expression (which is a full expression). Implements -Wconversion
4196/// and -Wsign-compare.
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004197///
4198/// \param CC the "context" location of the implicit conversion, i.e.
4199/// the most location of the syntactic entity requiring the implicit
4200/// conversion
4201void Sema::CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004202 // Don't diagnose in unevaluated contexts.
4203 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated)
4204 return;
4205
4206 // Don't diagnose for value- or type-dependent expressions.
4207 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4208 return;
4209
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004210 // Check for array bounds violations in cases where the check isn't triggered
4211 // elsewhere for other Expr types (like BinaryOperators), e.g. when an
4212 // ArraySubscriptExpr is on the RHS of a variable initialization.
4213 CheckArrayAccess(E);
4214
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004215 // This is not the right CC for (e.g.) a variable initialization.
4216 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(*this, E, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004217}
4218
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004219void Sema::CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc,
4220 FieldDecl *BitField,
4221 Expr *Init) {
4222 (void) AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(*this, BitField, Init, InitLoc);
4223}
4224
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004225/// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given
4226/// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This
4227/// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the
4228/// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function
4229/// parameters are complete.
Douglas Gregor82aa7132010-11-01 18:37:59 +00004230bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **P, ParmVarDecl **PEnd,
4231 bool CheckParameterNames) {
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004232 bool HasInvalidParm = false;
Douglas Gregor82aa7132010-11-01 18:37:59 +00004233 for (; P != PEnd; ++P) {
4234 ParmVarDecl *Param = *P;
4235
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004236 // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a
4237 // function declarator that is part of a function definition of
4238 // that function shall not have incomplete type.
4239 //
4240 // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6.
4241 if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
4242 RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(),
4243 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
4244 Param->setInvalidDecl();
4245 HasInvalidParm = true;
4246 }
4247
4248 // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the
4249 // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier.
Douglas Gregor82aa7132010-11-01 18:37:59 +00004250 if (CheckParameterNames &&
4251 Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004252 !Param->isImplicit() &&
4253 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4254 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
Sam Weinigd17e3402010-02-01 05:02:49 +00004255
4256 // C99 6.7.5.3p12:
4257 // If the function declarator is not part of a definition of that
4258 // function, parameters may have incomplete type and may use the [*]
4259 // notation in their sequences of declarator specifiers to specify
4260 // variable length array types.
4261 QualType PType = Param->getOriginalType();
4262 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(PType)) {
4263 if (AT->getSizeModifier() == ArrayType::Star) {
4264 // FIXME: This diagnosic should point the the '[*]' if source-location
4265 // information is added for it.
4266 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_array_star_in_function_definition);
4267 }
4268 }
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004269 }
4270
4271 return HasInvalidParm;
4272}
John McCallb7f4ffe2010-08-12 21:44:57 +00004273
4274/// CheckCastAlign - Implements -Wcast-align, which warns when a
4275/// pointer cast increases the alignment requirements.
4276void Sema::CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange) {
4277 // This is actually a lot of work to potentially be doing on every
4278 // cast; don't do it if we're ignoring -Wcast_align (as is the default).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08274082010-12-15 18:44:22 +00004279 if (getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_cast_align,
4280 TRange.getBegin())
David Blaikied6471f72011-09-25 23:23:43 +00004281 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
John McCallb7f4ffe2010-08-12 21:44:57 +00004282 return;
4283
4284 // Ignore dependent types.
4285 if (T->isDependentType() || Op->getType()->isDependentType())
4286 return;
4287
4288 // Require that the destination be a pointer type.
4289 const PointerType *DestPtr = T->getAs<PointerType>();
4290 if (!DestPtr) return;
4291
4292 // If the destination has alignment 1, we're done.
4293 QualType DestPointee = DestPtr->getPointeeType();
4294 if (DestPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
4295 CharUnits DestAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(DestPointee);
4296 if (DestAlign.isOne()) return;
4297
4298 // Require that the source be a pointer type.
4299 const PointerType *SrcPtr = Op->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
4300 if (!SrcPtr) return;
4301 QualType SrcPointee = SrcPtr->getPointeeType();
4302
4303 // Whitelist casts from cv void*. We already implicitly
4304 // whitelisted casts to cv void*, since they have alignment 1.
4305 // Also whitelist casts involving incomplete types, which implicitly
4306 // includes 'void'.
4307 if (SrcPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
4308
4309 CharUnits SrcAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(SrcPointee);
4310 if (SrcAlign >= DestAlign) return;
4311
4312 Diag(TRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_cast_align)
4313 << Op->getType() << T
4314 << static_cast<unsigned>(SrcAlign.getQuantity())
4315 << static_cast<unsigned>(DestAlign.getQuantity())
4316 << TRange << Op->getSourceRange();
4317}
4318
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004319static const Type* getElementType(const Expr *BaseExpr) {
4320 const Type* EltType = BaseExpr->getType().getTypePtr();
4321 if (EltType->isAnyPointerType())
4322 return EltType->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
4323 else if (EltType->isArrayType())
4324 return EltType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
4325 return EltType;
4326}
4327
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00004328/// \brief Check whether this array fits the idiom of a size-one tail padded
4329/// array member of a struct.
4330///
4331/// We avoid emitting out-of-bounds access warnings for such arrays as they are
4332/// commonly used to emulate flexible arrays in C89 code.
4333static bool IsTailPaddedMemberArray(Sema &S, llvm::APInt Size,
4334 const NamedDecl *ND) {
4335 if (Size != 1 || !ND) return false;
4336
4337 const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ND);
4338 if (!FD) return false;
4339
4340 // Don't consider sizes resulting from macro expansions or template argument
4341 // substitution to form C89 tail-padded arrays.
4342 ConstantArrayTypeLoc TL =
4343 cast<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>(FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc());
4344 const Expr *SizeExpr = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(TL.getSizeExpr());
4345 if (!SizeExpr || SizeExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID())
4346 return false;
4347
4348 const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext());
Matt Beaumont-Gay381711c2011-11-29 22:43:53 +00004349 if (!RD) return false;
4350 if (RD->isUnion()) return false;
4351 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
4352 if (!CRD->isStandardLayout()) return false;
4353 }
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00004354
Benjamin Kramer22d4fed2011-08-06 03:04:42 +00004355 // See if this is the last field decl in the record.
4356 const Decl *D = FD;
4357 while ((D = D->getNextDeclInContext()))
4358 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
4359 return false;
4360 return true;
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00004361}
4362
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004363void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00004364 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE,
Richard Smith25b009a2011-12-16 19:31:14 +00004365 bool AllowOnePastEnd, bool IndexNegated) {
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00004366 IndexExpr = IndexExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
4367 if (IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
4368 return;
4369
Matt Beaumont-Gay8ef8f432011-12-12 22:35:02 +00004370 const Type *EffectiveType = getElementType(BaseExpr);
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004371 BaseExpr = BaseExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00004372 const ConstantArrayType *ArrayTy =
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004373 Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseExpr->getType());
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00004374 if (!ArrayTy)
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00004375 return;
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00004376
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00004377 llvm::APSInt index;
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00004378 if (!IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Context))
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00004379 return;
Richard Smith25b009a2011-12-16 19:31:14 +00004380 if (IndexNegated)
4381 index = -index;
Ted Kremenek8fd0a5d2011-02-16 04:01:44 +00004382
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00004383 const NamedDecl *ND = NULL;
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00004384 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
4385 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00004386 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00004387 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00004388
Ted Kremenek9e060ca2011-02-23 23:06:04 +00004389 if (index.isUnsigned() || !index.isNegative()) {
Ted Kremenek25b3b842011-02-18 02:27:00 +00004390 llvm::APInt size = ArrayTy->getSize();
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00004391 if (!size.isStrictlyPositive())
4392 return;
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004393
4394 const Type* BaseType = getElementType(BaseExpr);
Nico Weberde5998f2011-09-17 22:59:41 +00004395 if (BaseType != EffectiveType) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004396 // Make sure we're comparing apples to apples when comparing index to size
4397 uint64_t ptrarith_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(EffectiveType);
4398 uint64_t array_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(BaseType);
Kaelyn Uhraind10f4bc2011-08-10 19:47:25 +00004399 // Handle ptrarith_typesize being zero, such as when casting to void*
Kaelyn Uhrain18f16972011-08-10 18:49:28 +00004400 if (!ptrarith_typesize) ptrarith_typesize = 1;
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004401 if (ptrarith_typesize != array_typesize) {
4402 // There's a cast to a different size type involved
4403 uint64_t ratio = array_typesize / ptrarith_typesize;
4404 // TODO: Be smarter about handling cases where array_typesize is not a
4405 // multiple of ptrarith_typesize
4406 if (ptrarith_typesize * ratio == array_typesize)
4407 size *= llvm::APInt(size.getBitWidth(), ratio);
4408 }
4409 }
4410
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00004411 if (size.getBitWidth() > index.getBitWidth())
4412 index = index.sext(size.getBitWidth());
Ted Kremenek25b3b842011-02-18 02:27:00 +00004413 else if (size.getBitWidth() < index.getBitWidth())
4414 size = size.sext(index.getBitWidth());
4415
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004416 // For array subscripting the index must be less than size, but for pointer
4417 // arithmetic also allow the index (offset) to be equal to size since
4418 // computing the next address after the end of the array is legal and
4419 // commonly done e.g. in C++ iterators and range-based for loops.
4420 if (AllowOnePastEnd ? index.sle(size) : index.slt(size))
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00004421 return;
4422
4423 // Also don't warn for arrays of size 1 which are members of some
4424 // structure. These are often used to approximate flexible arrays in C89
4425 // code.
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004426 if (IsTailPaddedMemberArray(*this, size, ND))
Ted Kremenek8fd0a5d2011-02-16 04:01:44 +00004427 return;
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00004428
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00004429 // Suppress the warning if the subscript expression (as identified by the
4430 // ']' location) and the index expression are both from macro expansions
4431 // within a system header.
4432 if (ASE) {
4433 SourceLocation RBracketLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
4434 ASE->getRBracketLoc());
4435 if (SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(RBracketLoc)) {
4436 SourceLocation IndexLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
4437 IndexExpr->getLocStart());
4438 if (SourceMgr.isFromSameFile(RBracketLoc, IndexLoc))
4439 return;
4440 }
4441 }
4442
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004443 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_bounds;
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00004444 if (ASE)
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004445 DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_exceeds_bounds;
4446
4447 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
4448 PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
4449 << size.toString(10, true)
4450 << (unsigned)size.getLimitedValue(~0U)
4451 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00004452 } else {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004453 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_precedes_bounds;
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00004454 if (!ASE) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004455 DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_precedes_bounds;
4456 if (index.isNegative()) index = -index;
4457 }
4458
4459 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
4460 PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
4461 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00004462 }
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00004463
Matt Beaumont-Gaycfbc5b52011-11-29 19:27:11 +00004464 if (!ND) {
4465 // Try harder to find a NamedDecl to point at in the note.
4466 while (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE =
4467 dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(BaseExpr))
4468 BaseExpr = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts();
4469 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
4470 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
4471 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
4472 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
4473 }
4474
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00004475 if (ND)
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004476 DiagRuntimeBehavior(ND->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
4477 PDiag(diag::note_array_index_out_of_bounds)
4478 << ND->getDeclName());
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00004479}
4480
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00004481void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *expr) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004482 int AllowOnePastEnd = 0;
4483 while (expr) {
4484 expr = expr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00004485 switch (expr->getStmtClass()) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004486 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
4487 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(expr);
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00004488 CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getIdx(), ASE,
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004489 AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00004490 return;
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004491 }
4492 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4493 // Only unwrap the * and & unary operators
4494 const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(expr);
4495 expr = UO->getSubExpr();
4496 switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
4497 case UO_AddrOf:
4498 AllowOnePastEnd++;
4499 break;
4500 case UO_Deref:
4501 AllowOnePastEnd--;
4502 break;
4503 default:
4504 return;
4505 }
4506 break;
4507 }
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00004508 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
4509 const ConditionalOperator *cond = cast<ConditionalOperator>(expr);
4510 if (const Expr *lhs = cond->getLHS())
4511 CheckArrayAccess(lhs);
4512 if (const Expr *rhs = cond->getRHS())
4513 CheckArrayAccess(rhs);
4514 return;
4515 }
4516 default:
4517 return;
4518 }
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00004519 }
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00004520}
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004521
4522//===--- CHECK: Objective-C retain cycles ----------------------------------//
4523
4524namespace {
4525 struct RetainCycleOwner {
4526 RetainCycleOwner() : Variable(0), Indirect(false) {}
4527 VarDecl *Variable;
4528 SourceRange Range;
4529 SourceLocation Loc;
4530 bool Indirect;
4531
4532 void setLocsFrom(Expr *e) {
4533 Loc = e->getExprLoc();
4534 Range = e->getSourceRange();
4535 }
4536 };
4537}
4538
4539/// Consider whether capturing the given variable can possibly lead to
4540/// a retain cycle.
4541static bool considerVariable(VarDecl *var, Expr *ref, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
4542 // In ARC, it's captured strongly iff the variable has __strong
4543 // lifetime. In MRR, it's captured strongly if the variable is
4544 // __block and has an appropriate type.
4545 if (var->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
4546 return false;
4547
4548 owner.Variable = var;
4549 owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
4550 return true;
4551}
4552
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00004553static bool findRetainCycleOwner(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004554 while (true) {
4555 e = e->IgnoreParens();
4556 if (CastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(e)) {
4557 switch (cast->getCastKind()) {
4558 case CK_BitCast:
4559 case CK_LValueBitCast:
4560 case CK_LValueToRValue:
John McCall33e56f32011-09-10 06:18:15 +00004561 case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004562 e = cast->getSubExpr();
4563 continue;
4564
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004565 default:
4566 return false;
4567 }
4568 }
4569
4570 if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(e)) {
4571 ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = ref->getDecl();
4572 if (ivar->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
4573 return false;
4574
4575 // Try to find a retain cycle in the base.
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00004576 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(S, ref->getBase(), owner))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004577 return false;
4578
4579 if (ref->isFreeIvar()) owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
4580 owner.Indirect = true;
4581 return true;
4582 }
4583
4584 if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
4585 VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ref->getDecl());
4586 if (!var) return false;
4587 return considerVariable(var, ref, owner);
4588 }
4589
4590 if (BlockDeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(e)) {
4591 owner.Variable = ref->getDecl();
4592 owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
4593 return true;
4594 }
4595
4596 if (MemberExpr *member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
4597 if (member->isArrow()) return false;
4598
4599 // Don't count this as an indirect ownership.
4600 e = member->getBase();
4601 continue;
4602 }
4603
John McCall4b9c2d22011-11-06 09:01:30 +00004604 if (PseudoObjectExpr *pseudo = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(e)) {
4605 // Only pay attention to pseudo-objects on property references.
4606 ObjCPropertyRefExpr *pre
4607 = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(pseudo->getSyntacticForm()
4608 ->IgnoreParens());
4609 if (!pre) return false;
4610 if (pre->isImplicitProperty()) return false;
4611 ObjCPropertyDecl *property = pre->getExplicitProperty();
4612 if (!property->isRetaining() &&
4613 !(property->getPropertyIvarDecl() &&
4614 property->getPropertyIvarDecl()->getType()
4615 .getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong))
4616 return false;
4617
4618 owner.Indirect = true;
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00004619 if (pre->isSuperReceiver()) {
4620 owner.Variable = S.getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
4621 if (!owner.Variable)
4622 return false;
4623 owner.Loc = pre->getLocation();
4624 owner.Range = pre->getSourceRange();
4625 return true;
4626 }
John McCall4b9c2d22011-11-06 09:01:30 +00004627 e = const_cast<Expr*>(cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(pre->getBase())
4628 ->getSourceExpr());
4629 continue;
4630 }
4631
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004632 // Array ivars?
4633
4634 return false;
4635 }
4636}
4637
4638namespace {
4639 struct FindCaptureVisitor : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor> {
4640 FindCaptureVisitor(ASTContext &Context, VarDecl *variable)
4641 : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor>(Context),
4642 Variable(variable), Capturer(0) {}
4643
4644 VarDecl *Variable;
4645 Expr *Capturer;
4646
4647 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *ref) {
4648 if (ref->getDecl() == Variable && !Capturer)
4649 Capturer = ref;
4650 }
4651
4652 void VisitBlockDeclRefExpr(BlockDeclRefExpr *ref) {
4653 if (ref->getDecl() == Variable && !Capturer)
4654 Capturer = ref;
4655 }
4656
4657 void VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref) {
4658 if (Capturer) return;
4659 Visit(ref->getBase());
4660 if (Capturer && ref->isFreeIvar())
4661 Capturer = ref;
4662 }
4663
4664 void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *block) {
4665 // Look inside nested blocks
4666 if (block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(Variable))
4667 Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
4668 }
4669 };
4670}
4671
4672/// Check whether the given argument is a block which captures a
4673/// variable.
4674static Expr *findCapturingExpr(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
4675 assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
4676
4677 e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
4678 BlockExpr *block = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(e);
4679 if (!block || !block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(owner.Variable))
4680 return 0;
4681
4682 FindCaptureVisitor visitor(S.Context, owner.Variable);
4683 visitor.Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
4684 return visitor.Capturer;
4685}
4686
4687static void diagnoseRetainCycle(Sema &S, Expr *capturer,
4688 RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
4689 assert(capturer);
4690 assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
4691
4692 S.Diag(capturer->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arc_retain_cycle)
4693 << owner.Variable << capturer->getSourceRange();
4694 S.Diag(owner.Loc, diag::note_arc_retain_cycle_owner)
4695 << owner.Indirect << owner.Range;
4696}
4697
4698/// Check for a keyword selector that starts with the word 'add' or
4699/// 'set'.
4700static bool isSetterLikeSelector(Selector sel) {
4701 if (sel.isUnarySelector()) return false;
4702
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00004703 StringRef str = sel.getNameForSlot(0);
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004704 while (!str.empty() && str.front() == '_') str = str.substr(1);
Ted Kremenek968a0ee2011-12-01 00:59:21 +00004705 if (str.startswith("set"))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004706 str = str.substr(3);
Ted Kremenek968a0ee2011-12-01 00:59:21 +00004707 else if (str.startswith("add")) {
4708 // Specially whitelist 'addOperationWithBlock:'.
4709 if (sel.getNumArgs() == 1 && str.startswith("addOperationWithBlock"))
4710 return false;
4711 str = str.substr(3);
4712 }
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004713 else
4714 return false;
4715
4716 if (str.empty()) return true;
4717 return !islower(str.front());
4718}
4719
4720/// Check a message send to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
4721void Sema::checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg) {
4722 // Only check instance methods whose selector looks like a setter.
4723 if (!msg->isInstanceMessage() || !isSetterLikeSelector(msg->getSelector()))
4724 return;
4725
4726 // Try to find a variable that the receiver is strongly owned by.
4727 RetainCycleOwner owner;
4728 if (msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::Instance) {
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00004729 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, msg->getInstanceReceiver(), owner))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004730 return;
4731 } else {
4732 assert(msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance);
4733 owner.Variable = getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
4734 owner.Loc = msg->getSuperLoc();
4735 owner.Range = msg->getSuperLoc();
4736 }
4737
4738 // Check whether the receiver is captured by any of the arguments.
4739 for (unsigned i = 0, e = msg->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
4740 if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, msg->getArg(i), owner))
4741 return diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
4742}
4743
4744/// Check a property assign to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
4745void Sema::checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument) {
4746 RetainCycleOwner owner;
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00004747 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, receiver, owner))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004748 return;
4749
4750 if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, argument, owner))
4751 diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
4752}
4753
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00004754bool Sema::checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004755 QualType LHS, Expr *RHS) {
4756 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHS.getObjCLifetime();
4757 if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && LT != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00004758 return false;
4759 // strip off any implicit cast added to get to the one arc-specific
4760 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
John McCall33e56f32011-09-10 06:18:15 +00004761 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004762 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign)
4763 << (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
4764 << RHS->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00004765 return true;
4766 }
4767 RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
4768 }
4769 return false;
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004770}
4771
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00004772void Sema::checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
4773 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00004774 QualType LHSType;
4775 // PropertyRef on LHS type need be directly obtained from
4776 // its declaration as it has a PsuedoType.
4777 ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE
4778 = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(LHS->IgnoreParens());
4779 if (PRE && !PRE->isImplicitProperty()) {
4780 const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
4781 if (PD)
4782 LHSType = PD->getType();
4783 }
4784
4785 if (LHSType.isNull())
4786 LHSType = LHS->getType();
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00004787 if (checkUnsafeAssigns(Loc, LHSType, RHS))
4788 return;
4789 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHSType.getObjCLifetime();
4790 // FIXME. Check for other life times.
4791 if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
4792 return;
4793
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00004794 if (PRE) {
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00004795 if (PRE->isImplicitProperty())
4796 return;
4797 const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
4798 if (!PD)
4799 return;
4800
4801 unsigned Attributes = PD->getPropertyAttributes();
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00004802 if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) {
4803 // when 'assign' attribute was not explicitly specified
4804 // by user, ignore it and rely on property type itself
4805 // for lifetime info.
4806 unsigned AsWrittenAttr = PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten();
4807 if (!(AsWrittenAttr & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) &&
4808 LHSType->isObjCRetainableType())
4809 return;
4810
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00004811 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
John McCall33e56f32011-09-10 06:18:15 +00004812 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00004813 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_property_assign)
4814 << RHS->getSourceRange();
4815 return;
4816 }
4817 RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
4818 }
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00004819 }
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00004820 }
4821}